Part 1 Preliminary
1 Name of Regulation
This Regulation is the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation
2007.
2 Commencement
This Regulation commences on 1 November
2007.
3 Definitions
(1) Expressions used in this Regulation (or in any particular
provision of this Regulation) that are defined in the Dictionary at the end of
the Regulation have the meanings set out in the Dictionary.Note. The following expressions are defined in section 4 of the Act,
Authority,
defective
registrable vehicle, garage address,
GCM (gross
combination mass), GVM (gross vehicle
mass), heavy
vehicle, jurisdiction, light rail vehicle,
motor vehicle,
premises, Register, registered, registered
operator, registrable
vehicle, residential
address, road, road related area,
trader’s
plate, trailer, unregistered vehicle
permit, use,
vehicle, vehicle
standard.
(2) Notes included in this Regulation do not form part of this
Regulation.
4 Application of Act and Regulation
Schedule 1 has effect.
Part 2 Registration process
Division 1 Eligibility for registration
5 Registered operator of registrable vehicle
(1) A person is eligible to be a registered operator of a registrable
vehicle if that person is:(a) an individual who has attained the requisite age,
or
(b) a corporation.
(2) Despite subclause (1), the Authority may record in the Register
that an individual is a registered operator of a registrable vehicle even
though the individual has not attained the requisite age if it is satisfied
that it is appropriate to do so. Any such individual is, for the purposes of
this Regulation (including renewal of registration), taken to have been
eligible to be a registered operator of the
vehicle.
(3) In this clause, requisite age
means:(a) in the case of a heavy vehicle—18 years of age,
or
(b) in the case of a light vehicle—16 years of
age.
6 Eligible vehicles
(1) A registrable vehicle is eligible to be registered without
conditions if:(a) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards for the
vehicle, and
(b) the requirements of any applicable third party insurance
legislation and duty legislation are complied with in respect of the vehicle,
and
(c) the vehicle is owned by, or is under the management of, a person
who is eligible to be a registered operator of the
vehicle.
(2) Despite subclause (1), the Authority may refuse to register a
registrable vehicle if the Authority is satisfied that:(a) the vehicle has been registered in another State or a Territory,
and
(b) the registration in that State or Territory has been cancelled or
suspended, and
(c) the reasons for the cancellation or suspension still
exist.
Division 2 Applications for registration
7 Who may apply for registration?
(1) Application for registration of a registrable vehicle may be made
by a person who is eligible to be a registered operator of a registrable
vehicle or the agent of such a person.
(2)–(4) (Repealed)
(5) If it appears to the Authority that an application for
registration of a registrable vehicle is made by an agent, the Authority must
not grant the application unless the agent produces:(a) evidence of the agent’s identity in a form acceptable to the
Authority, and
(b) a document evidencing the authority of the agent to act as agent
for each person seeking registration as a registered
operator.
8 Form of application
(1) An application for registration of a registrable vehicle must be
in a form approved by the Authority.
(2) The Authority may require the applicant to provide to the
Authority information about:(a) the identity and residential address of each person seeking
registration (or on whose behalf an agent is seeking registration) as a
registered operator of the registrable vehicle, and
(b) an address for the service of notices, and
(c) the proposed garage address of the vehicle,
and
(d) fees, premiums, imposts and similar amounts relating to the
vehicle under third party insurance legislation and duty legislation that have
been paid or that are payable, and
(e) any other matter relevant to the decision whether to register the
vehicle or to record a person on the Register as a registered operator of the
vehicle.
Note. Section 4 of the Act defines residential
address, in relation to a company or other body corporate, to mean
its registered office or any place recorded in the Register as its residential
address or business address.
9 Supporting evidence
(1) The Authority may request an applicant for registration of a
registrable vehicle to submit evidence, in a form approved by the Authority,
verifying:(a) the identity of any person seeking registration as a registered
operator of the vehicle, and
(b) the means by which the vehicle came into the ownership, or under
the management, of that person, and
(c) the proposed garage address of the vehicle,
and
(d) that the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards
for the vehicle, and
(e) the acceptability of non-standard or non-complying vehicles,
and
(f) any other information specified by the Authority in the
application form.
(2) In addition to the evidence that may be required under subclause
(1), the Authority may request an applicant for registration of a registrable
vehicle that has a vehicle identifier that is the same as the vehicle
identifier of a vehicle recorded on the register of written-off vehicles to
submit any of the following evidence:(a) a valid receipt for any repairs made to the
vehicle,
(b) if the vehicle was repaired using a part of another
vehicle—a valid receipt for the purchase of that part, being a receipt
that contains the vehicle identifier of the other vehicle,
(c) any other information specified by the
Authority.
(3) In this clause:valid
receipt means a receipt:
(a) that is an original document, and
(b) that contains the name and Australian Business Number of the
relevant repairer or trader, and
(c) that is dated, and
(d) that contains such other information as may be required by the
Authority.
10 Lodgment of application, supporting evidence and
payment
(1) An applicant for registration of a registrable vehicle must submit
to the Authority:(a) the application for registration, and
(b) any supporting evidence required by the Authority,
and
(c) payment or evidence of payment of any applicable fees, premiums,
imposts and similar amounts relating to the vehicle under third party
insurance legislation and duty legislation and the relevant registration
charge applicable to the vehicle and the applicable fee for registration of
the vehicle.
(2) In addition to any applicable fee for the registration of the
vehicle, the applicant must also submit to the Authority payment of any
applicable fee for the issue of number-plates.
(3) An eligible pensioner is not required to pay any applicable fee
for the registration of a vehicle.
(4) An applicant is not required to pay any applicable fee in relation
to a vehicle if the Authority is of the opinion that:(a) the applicant was the registered operator of a registrable vehicle
that was destroyed or rendered beyond repair as a consequence of damage caused
to the vehicle by an occurrence that gave rise to an emergency,
and
(b) the vehicle to which the application relates is a replacement for
the damaged vehicle, and
(c) in the circumstances of the case it would be inappropriate to
require payment of the fee.
(5) In this clause:emergency has the same
meaning as it has in the State Emergency
and Rescue Management Act 1989.
Note. Emergency
is defined in the State Emergency and
Rescue Management Act 1989 to mean an emergency due to an
actual or imminent occurrence (such as fire, flood, storm, earthquake,
explosion, terrorist act, accident, epidemic or warlike action) which:
(a) endangers, or threatens to endanger, the safety or health of
persons or animals in the State, or
(b) destroys or damages, or threatens to destroy or damage, property
in the State,
being an emergency which requires a significant and co-ordinated
response.
11 Duration of registration
(1) An applicant for registration of a registrable vehicle must
nominate one of the following periods:(a) if the applicant is seeking to register a registrable vehicle
(other than a seasonal vehicle):(i) 3 months, or
(ii) 6 months, or
(iii) one year,
(b) (Repealed)
(c) if the applicant is seeking to register a seasonal
vehicle—the period for which registration is
sought.
(2) Despite subclause (1), an applicant may nominate, and the
Authority may approve, a different period of registration for any heavy
vehicle or light vehicle if:(a) the Authority considers that it is necessary to do so to achieve a
common registration expiry date for vehicles in a fleet,
or
(b) the Authority considers it appropriate to do so in the
circumstances.
12 Determination of applications
(1) The Authority may refuse an application for registration of a
registrable vehicle if:(a) the vehicle is not an eligible vehicle, or
(b) a provision of this Regulation prevents approval of the
application, or
(c) the applicant has not complied with a provision of the Act or this
Regulation in relation to the registration of the vehicle (including any
requirement to submit or pay any fee), or
(d) the Authority reasonably believes that:(i) the vehicle or a part of the vehicle is or may be stolen,
or
(ii) information given in the application for registration is false or
misleading, or
(iii) there are unpaid fines or pecuniary penalties arising out of the
use of the vehicle in Australia, or
(iv) the vehicle is being used for an unlawful purpose,
or
(e) the Authority is not satisfied that the vehicle’s garage
address is in this State, or
(f) the applicant fails to comply with the requirements of or under a
law in force in this State relating to certificates of roadworthiness for, or
inspection of, registrable vehicles, or
(g) the Authority is, for any reason whatsoever, of the opinion that
the applicant is not a fit and proper person to be the holder of the
registration for the vehicle.
(2) If the Authority approves an application, it must register the
registrable vehicle in the name of each person seeking registration (or on
whose behalf registration is sought) as a registered
operator.
13 Conditional registration
(1) The Authority may register a registrable vehicle conditionally
if:(a) the vehicle does not comply with an applicable vehicle standard
for the vehicle, or
(b) the Authority considers it appropriate for some other reason to
register the vehicle conditionally.
(2) The Authority may refuse to register a registrable vehicle
conditionally under subclause (1) (a) if the vehicle does not bear an
operations plate or identification plate relating to the vehicle, or a
certificate of approved operations has not been issued or accepted by the
Authority in respect of the vehicle.
(3) In determining the conditions to be imposed on the registration of
a registrable vehicle that does not comply with an applicable vehicle standard
for the vehicle, the Authority must take into account the nature and extent of
any failure of the vehicle to meet the requirements of the applicable vehicle
standards for the vehicle.
(4) The Authority may at any time vary any conditions that it imposes
on the registration of a registrable vehicle.
(5) The Authority must notify a registered operator in writing of the
conditions, or any variation of the conditions, applicable to the conditional
registration of a registrable vehicle. Any such conditions or variation of
conditions have effect only on the notification of the registered
operator.
Division 3 The Register
14 Maintenance of the Registers
(1) General matters to be recorded in respect of
vehicle
If the Authority registers a registrable vehicle it must record in
the Register, in respect of the vehicle:(a) if the vehicle is not a transitional registrable vehicle (within
the meaning of section 10 of the Act)—the name, residential address and
the address for the service of notices (if any) of the registered operator,
and
(a1) if the vehicle is a transitional registrable vehicle (within the
meaning of section 10 of the Act)—the name, residential address and the
address for the service of notices (if any) of each of the registered
operators.
(b) the identification details of the vehicle, and
(c) the vehicle’s garage address, and
(d) (Repealed)
(e) the expiry date of the registration, and
(f) if the vehicle is conditionally registered—the conditions of
registration, and
(g) the vehicle’s GVM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(h) the vehicle’s GCM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(i) in the case of a heavy vehicle—the vehicle’s nominated
configuration, and
(j) the name, if appropriate, of any insurer providing third party
insurance in respect of the vehicle.
Note. Section 4 of the Act defines residential
address, in relation to a company or other body corporate, to mean
its registered office or any place recorded in the Register as its residential
address or business address.
(2) Other matters that may be recorded
The Authority may record in the Register other information
for:(a) the purposes of the Act and this Regulation,
or
(b) the purposes of another Act, or
(c) other purposes that the Authority considers to be
appropriate.
(2A) The Authority must record details of any finding of guilt under
section 218E of the Road Transport (General)
Act 2005 in the Register or another register kept by the
Authority.
(3) Changes in description or configuration to be
recorded
The Authority must record in the Register any change in the
registrable vehicle’s description or nominated configuration that is
recorded in the Register of which it has been notified under the Act or this
Regulation unless the Authority is satisfied that the information is
false.
(4) Evidence may be required to verify description and
configuration changes
The Authority may require evidence in a form acceptable to the
Authority verifying that the changes referred to in subclause (3) are
correct.
(5) Register to record information over previous 24
months
The Authority must ensure that the Register contains details of
all registrable vehicles that are currently registered, or that have been
registered within the previous 24 months.
(6) Requests for Register searches
A registered operator of a registrable vehicle is entitled to
request a search of the Register or other register kept under subclause (2A),
and to obtain a certificate as to any matter (subject to subclause (7))
appearing in the Register or other register kept under subclause (2A), in
respect of the vehicle, on payment of any applicable fee for the
search.Note. Personal information contained in the Register or other register
kept under subclause (2A) is subject to the Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act
1998.
(7) Recording of dealing restrictions
Without limiting subclause (2), the Authority may also record in
the Register information for the purpose of identifying a dealing restriction
with respect to a registrable vehicle.
(8) Effect of recorded dealing restrictions
Despite any other provision of this Regulation, if a dealing with
respect to a registrable vehicle contravenes a dealing restriction recorded in
the Register in respect of the vehicle, the Authority may:(a) if the dealing requires the approval of the Authority—refuse
to approve the dealing, and
(b) refuse to record details of the dealing in the Register,
and
(c) refuse to exercise any other function of the Authority in
connection with that dealing.
(9) Definitions
In this clause:dealing, in relation to a
registrable vehicle, means:
(a) the registration of the vehicle, or
(b) the renewal of the registration of the vehicle,
or
(c) the transfer of the registration of the
vehicle.
dealing
restriction, in relation to a registrable vehicle, means any
restriction on a dealing with respect to the vehicle that the Authority has
determined should apply to the vehicle.
14A Release of information in Register to toll
operators
(1) The Authority may enter into an agreement with a toll operator (a
registration
information disclosure agreement) that provides for the release to
the toll operator of registration information with respect to a registrable
vehicle.
(2) The Authority must consult with the Privacy Commissioner before
entering into a registration information disclosure
agreement.
(3) The Authority is authorised to release registration information in
the Register in accordance with a registration information disclosure
agreement.
(4) A registration information disclosure agreement may provide for
the payment of fees by a toll operator to the Authority in connection with the
agreement, including fees for the release of information in accordance with
the agreement.
(5) In this clause:registration
information, with respect to a registrable vehicle, means the
following information recorded in the Register:
(a) the name, residential address and address for the service of
notices (if any) of any registered operator of the vehicle,
and
(b) the identification details of the
vehicle.
toll
operator means a toll operator under the Roads Act 1993, other than the
Authority.
Division 4 Registration documents
15 Certificates of registration
(1) If the Authority registers a registrable vehicle, the Authority
must issue to the applicant a certificate of registration for the vehicle that
includes:(a) the name of each registered operator, and
(b) the address (if any) for the service of notices on a registered
operator of the vehicle, and
(c) the garage address of the vehicle, and
(d) the registration number of the vehicle, and
(e) the make of the vehicle, and
(f) the vehicle’s VIN or, if there is no VIN, any chassis number
and engine number of the vehicle, and
(g) the vehicle’s GVM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(h) the vehicle’s GCM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(i) in the case of a heavy vehicle—the applicable charging
category for the vehicle for the purposes of Part 2A of the Act,
and
(j) in the case of a light vehicle—the applicable motor vehicle
tax for the vehicle under the Motor
Vehicles Taxation Act 1988, and
(k) the expiry date of the registration, and
(l) if the vehicle is conditionally registered—the conditions to
which registration of the vehicle is subject, and
(m) if the vehicle was first recorded on the register of written-off
vehicles at some time on or after 31 January 2011—the fact that the
vehicle is recorded on the register of written-off
vehicles.
(2) The Authority may also include in a certificate of registration
such other information as the Authority considers is
appropriate.
(3) On payment of any applicable fee, the Authority may issue a
replacement certificate of registration to the person in whose name the
certificate was issued if the Authority is satisfied that the original
certificate is lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed.
(4) A certificate of registration and any renewal of such a
certificate issued under this Part is to bear the imprint of the
Authority’s cash register or such other endorsement as may be approved
by the Authority recording the payment of any fee or other money payable under
the Act or any other Act or this Regulation in connection with the
registration or renewal.
(5) Subclause (1) (m) does not apply to a certificate of registration
issued before 31 January 2013.
16 Registration labels
(1) If the Authority registers a heavy vehicle, or conditionally
registers any registrable vehicle, it must issue a registration
label.
(2) A registration label:(a) issued in respect of a motor vehicle (other than a motor vehicle
referred to in paragraph (b)) must include:(i) the registration number of the vehicle, and
(ii) its make, and
(iii) its model or body type (whichever is the more descriptive),
and
(iv) its VIN or, if there is no VIN, any chassis number and engine
number, and
(v) the expiry date of the vehicle’s registration,
and
(vi) if the vehicle is conditionally registered—a code indicating
that the vehicle is conditionally registered, and
(vii) the vehicle’s GVM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(viii) the vehicle’s GCM (if applicable to the vehicle concerned),
and
(ix) if the vehicle is a heavy vehicle—the applicable charging
category for the vehicle for the purposes of Part 2A of the Act in coded form,
or
(b) issued in respect of a trailer or a motor vehicle without a
windscreen or fixed windows must be in a form approved by the
Authority.
Note. In relation to subclause (2) (a) (vi), a registered operator will
receive full written explanation of the conditions applying to the vehicle
when the registration label is issued.In relation to subclause (2) (a) (ix), a list of codes is
available from the Authority.
(3) A registration label must be affixed:(a) in the case of a motor vehicle fitted with a windscreen or fixed
windows:(i) to the lower left (or near side) portion of the front windscreen,
or
(ii) to any fixed window on the left (or near) side of the vehicle,
and
(b) in the case of a caravan or other trailer:(i) on or adjacent to the vehicle’s number-plate in such a
manner that the characters on the number-plate are not obscured,
or
(ii) if the vehicle has a fixed rear window or a hinged rear window
that is to be closed when the caravan or other trailer is being towed—to
that window, in a location as close as possible to the vehicle’s
number-plate, and
(c) in any other case—on or adjacent to the vehicle’s rear
number-plate in such a manner that the characters on the number-plate are not
obscured.
(4) Despite subclause (3), the registration label must be affixed so
that the information on the label is readable from the outside of the
vehicle.
(5) Despite subclause (1), the Authority is not required to issue a
registration label in respect of a registrable vehicle that is operated by a
State or Territory or the Commonwealth or by an authority of a State or
Territory or the Commonwealth.
(6) On payment of any applicable fee, the Authority may issue a
replacement registration label to the person in whose name a registrable
vehicle is registered if the Authority is satisfied that the original
registration label is lost, stolen, damaged or
destroyed.
16A Replacement of registration documents
(1) The Authority may, at any time, issue a replacement certificate of
registration for a registered vehicle if the Authority is satisfied that the
expiry date of the vehicle’s registration recorded on the Register is
different to the expiry date included in the certificate of
registration.Note. Clause 15 (3) provides for the replacement of a certificate of
registration that has been lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed on the payment
of the applicable fee.
(1A) The Authority may, at any time, issue a replacement registration
label for a registered vehicle that the Authority is required to issue a
registration label in respect of if the Authority is satisfied that the expiry
date of the vehicle’s registration recorded on the Register is different
to the expiry date included in the registration label.Note. Clause 16 (6) provides for the replacement of a registration label
that has been lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed on the payment of the
applicable fee.
(2) If the Authority issues a new certificate of registration or
registration label under this clause, the registered operator of the vehicle
must:(a) destroy the certificate of registration or registration label, or
both, that is or are being replaced, or
(b) if required to do so by written notice from the Authority, return
the certificate of registration or registration label, or both, to the
Authority (or an agent nominated by the Authority) before the date specified
in the notice for that purpose.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) Despite subclause (2), a registered operator is not required to
return to the Authority a certificate of registration or registration label
that has been destroyed before the notice was issued under subclause (2)
(b).
Division 5 Number-plates
Subdivision 1 Interpretation
17 Definitions
In this Division:number includes a letter of
the alphabet.
number-plate means a
number-plate issued under this Regulation.
plate
holder, in relation to a number-plate, means:
(a) in the case of a trader’s plate—the trader to whom the
trader’s plate has been issued, or
(b) in the case of a special number-plate—the person to whom the
special number-plate is issued pursuant to the special number-plate
arrangements referred to in clause 20, or
(c) in the case of any other number-plate—each registered
operator of the registrable vehicle in respect of which the number-plate has
been issued.
vehicle
number-plate means a number-plate other than an auxiliary
number-plate.
18 Application of Division to trader’s
plates
This Division (except Subdivision 4) does not apply to
trader’s plates.Note. Division 2 of Part 4 provides for the issue and use of
trader’s plates.
Subdivision 2 Issue of number-plates
19 Number-plates generally
(1) If the Authority registers a registrable vehicle it must assign a
distinguishing registration number to the vehicle.
(2) The Authority must, on payment of the applicable fee for the issue
of a vehicle number-plate or number-plates, issue:(a) for each motor vehicle registered by the Authority (other than a
motor vehicle referred to in paragraph (b) or (c))—2 vehicle
number-plates bearing the registration number assigned to that motor vehicle,
and
(b) for each motor bike or trailer registered by the
Authority—at least one vehicle number-plate bearing the registration
number assigned to that motor bike or trailer, and
(c) for each other registrable vehicle registered by the
Authority—such number of vehicle number-plates as the Authority
considers appropriate.
(3) A vehicle number-plate is to conform to such specifications as the
Authority determines and must display the matter “NSW” or the
words “New South Wales”, and such other words or matter as may be
determined:(a) by the Authority with the consent of the Minister in the case of
standard number-plates, or
(b) by the Authority in the case of special
number-plates.
20 Special number-plates
(1) The Authority may issue special number-plates to a person pursuant
to arrangements determined by the Authority (referred to in this Division as
the special
number-plate arrangements).
(2) Special number-plates may be issued to a person for a motor
vehicle registered by the Authority (to display the distinguishing
registration number assigned to the vehicle) or independently of vehicle
registration. Special number-plates issued independently of vehicle
registration must be kept in the possession of the Authority, unless the
Authority otherwise determines in a particular case or class of
cases.
(3) The Authority may set the fees, charges and consideration to be
paid for or in connection with the issue of special number-plates and other
services provided by the Authority in connection with the issue of special
number-plates. However, any such fee, charge or consideration cannot be set in
relation to a matter for which a fee is prescribed by Schedule
3.
(4) The special number-plate arrangements can include provision for
the following:(a) the terms and conditions under which special number-plates are
issued and the rights and obligations of plate holders in respect of special
number-plates,
(b) the arrangements under which special number-plates issued
independently of vehicle registration are to be held in the possession of the
Authority (including requirements for the payment of additional fees and
charges in connection with that service),
(c) providing for the consideration to be paid for or in connection
with the issue of a special number-plate to be determined by auction, tender
or other competitive process,
(d) the issue of replica or souvenir versions of special
number-plates,
(e) requiring an agreement to be entered into for the issue of special
number-plates (being an agreement between the Authority and a person for or in
connection with the issue to the person of special
number-plates).
(5) The required agreement for the issue of special number-plates can
include provision for the following:(a) the terms and conditions under which a special number-plate is
issued and the rights and obligations of the plate holder in respect of a
special number-plate,
(b) requiring payment of the fees, charges and consideration that are
payable under the special number-plate arrangements for or in connection with
the issue of a special number-plate,
(c) such other matters in connection with special number-plates as the
Authority considers appropriate.
(6) The requirements of the special number-plate arrangements are in
addition to the other requirements of this Division relating to the issue of
number-plates.
(7) In this clause, issue a number-plate
includes allocate, set aside, reserve, transfer and replace a
number-plate.
21 Auxiliary number-plates for bicycle and approved personal
mobility device racks
(1) The Authority may on payment of any applicable fee issue a
number-plate (referred to in this Division as an auxiliary
number-plate) for use on a registrable vehicle (in addition to the
vehicle number-plates) by being placed on apparatus attached to the vehicle
for use in transporting a bicycle or other personal mobility device approved
by the Authority for the purposes of this clause.
(2) An auxiliary number-plate is to have the same distinguishing
number as the registration of the registrable vehicle on which it is to be
used.
(3) An auxiliary number-plate cannot be issued for use on a motor bike
or motor trike.
(4) An auxiliary number-plate is to conform to such specifications as
the Authority determines and must display the matter “NSW” or the
words “New South Wales”, and such other words or matter as may be
determined:(a) by the Authority with the consent of the Minister in the case of
an auxiliary number-plate that is a standard number-plate,
or
(b) by the Authority in the case of an auxiliary number-plate that is
a special number-plate.
(5) For the purposes of this Regulation:(a) an auxiliary number-plate is a number-plate for the purposes of
this Regulation and is taken to be issued for use on a motor vehicle,
and
(b) an auxiliary number-plate displayed, in accordance with this
Regulation, on apparatus attached to a motor vehicle for use in transporting a
bicycle or other approved personal mobility device is taken to be placed on
the motor vehicle concerned.
(6) An auxiliary number-plate displayed on a motor vehicle must be
illuminated, at all times when the vehicle is driven between the hours of
sunset and sunrise, with a white light so as to render visible at a distance
of 20 metres the distinguishing number on the
plate.
22 Authority may alter distinguishing number of
registration
(1) The Authority may at any time alter the distinguishing number of
the registration of a registrable vehicle or of a number-plate allocated,
reserved or set aside by the Authority.
(2) (Repealed)
(3) Without limiting subclause (1), the Authority may alter the
distinguishing number of a registrable vehicle if the Authority considers
that:(a) there is an error of any kind in the vehicle number-plate issued
for the vehicle, or
(b) there has been an error of any kind in the issuing of a vehicle
number-plate for the vehicle.
(4) On or before altering the distinguishing number of the
registration of a registrable vehicle under this clause, the Authority must
give written notice to each registered operator of the vehicle requiring the
registered operator to return to the Authority, within such period as is
specified in the notice, any number-plate issued in respect of the
vehicle.
(5) A registered operator of a registrable vehicle must comply with
any notice given to the registered operator under this clause.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) On receipt of a number-plate returned in accordance with the
requirements of a notice given under this clause, the Authority is to issue to
a registered operator of the registrable vehicle concerned a replacement
number-plate bearing the distinguishing number, as altered, of the
registration of the vehicle for each number-plate that is
returned.
22A Authority may alter number-plate design
(1) The Authority may at any time alter the design of a number-plate
issued by the Authority. The design of a
number-plate includes the colour, layout, style and other characteristics of
the appearance of a number-plate.
(2) The Authority may give written notice to each registered operator
of a vehicle requiring the registered operator to return to the Authority,
within the period specified in the notice, any number-plate issued in respect
of the vehicle that the Authority has decided to alter the design
of.
(3) A registered operator of a vehicle must comply with any notice
given to the registered operator under this clause.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) The Authority alters the design of a number-plate by issuing a
replacement number-plate with the altered design.
(5) In this clause, issue a number-plate
includes allocate, set aside and reserve a
number-plate.
Subdivision 3 Reservation, transfer and replacement of
number-plates
23 Reservation of number-plates
The Authority may reserve a number-plate (or the distinguishing
number for a number-plate) on payment of any applicable
fee.
24 Transfer of number-plates
(1) The Authority may transfer number-plates from one vehicle to
another on payment of any applicable fee.
(2) The Authority may transfer the reservation of a number-plate (or
the distinguishing number for a number-plate) on payment of any applicable
fee.
25 Replacement of surrendered number-plates
(1) The Authority may on payment of any applicable fee issue a
number-plate to replace an existing number-plate.
(2) The content and style of a replacement number-plate may be the
same as or different from the content and style of the existing
number-plate.
(3) If a replacement number-plate is issued for a registrable vehicle
before an existing number-plate for the vehicle is surrendered, a registered
operator of the vehicle must surrender any existing number-plate to the
Authority within 14 days after the replacement number-plate is
issued.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Subdivision 4 Damaged, destroyed or missing
number-plates
26 Damaged number-plates
(1) The plate holder of a number-plate that has become damaged must
surrender the damaged number-plate to the Authority as soon as reasonably
practicable for replacement under clause 25.
(2) The plate holder must at the same time also surrender any other
number-plate with the same distinguishing number, unless the Authority
otherwise approves in a particular case.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
27 Lost, stolen or destroyed number-plates
(1) If any vehicle number-plate is lost, stolen or destroyed, a plate
holder must, as soon as is practicable after discovering the loss, theft or
destruction:(a) give written notification of the loss, theft or destruction to the
Authority, and
(b) deliver to the Authority any other number-plate with the same
number unless it too has been lost, stolen or
destroyed.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) If an auxiliary number-plate is lost, stolen or destroyed, the
plate holder must, as soon as practicable after discovering the loss, theft or
destruction, notify the Authority in writing
accordingly.
(3) The Authority may request any such plate holder:(a) to forward evidence, in a form acceptable to the Authority,
verifying the loss, theft or destruction of the number-plate and stating the
circumstances connected with it, and
(b) if a vehicle number-plate is lost, stolen or destroyed—to
pay any applicable fee for replacing a lost, stolen or destroyed
number-plate.
(4) The Authority may issue a new number-plate under clause 25 to
replace a number-plate that has been lost, stolen or
destroyed.
(5) When the Authority issues a new number-plate to replace a
number-plate that has been lost, stolen or destroyed, the new number plate
must:(a) in the case of a vehicle number-plate—have a distinguishing
number that is different from that of the number-plate it replaces,
or
(b) in the case of an auxiliary number-plate—have the same
number as the number-plate it replaces,
unless the Authority otherwise approves in a particular
case.
28 Recovery of lost or stolen number-plates
A person who recovers a lost or stolen number-plate must, as soon
as is practicable after recovering the number-plate, give notification of the
recovery to the Authority and, unless otherwise directed by the Authority,
must also deliver the recovered number-plate to the Authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Subdivision 5 General
28A Return of number-plates
(1) The Authority may, by written notice to a person who has
possession of a number-plate issued by the Authority, direct the person to
return the number-plate to the Authority.
(2) A person must comply with a notice under this clause within the
period specified in the notice.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
28B Special number-plate concession arrangements
(1) The Authority may use operational information or release
operational information to the special number-plate concessionaire to
facilitate the operation of the special number-plate concession concerned or
any subsidiary arrangement.
(2) A person who obtains operational information in the course of
exercising functions under a special number-plate concession or a subsidiary
arrangement must not make a record of or disclose the information
except:(a) in the exercise of the person’s functions under or for the
purposes of the special number-plate concession, or
(b) with other lawful authority.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) The Authority may delegate any function of the Authority under
this Division (except this power of delegation) to a special number-plate
concessionaire.
(4) In this clause:operational
information means any information obtained by the Authority in the
exercise of any function of the Authority, including:
(a) information in any register kept by the Authority,
and
(b) information that is of a personal nature or that has commercial
sensitivity.
special
number-plate concession means a commercial arrangement entered into
by the Authority for the provision of marketing and other services to the
Authority in connection with the issue of special
number-plates.
special
number-plate concessionaire means a person with whom the Authority
enters into a special number-plate concession.
subsidiary
arrangement means a commercial arrangement entered into by the
special number-plate concessionaire in connection with a special number-plate
concession.
28C Possession of number-plates
(1) A person is guilty of an offence if the person is in possession,
without lawful excuse, of number-plates issued by or under the law of New
South Wales or any other State or Territory.Maximum penalty: 30 penalty
units.
(2) A person is guilty of an offence if the person is in possession,
without lawful excuse, of number-plates that were not issued by or under the
law of New South Wales or any other State or Territory but that could be
mistaken for, or resemble, number-plates so issued.Maximum penalty: 30 penalty
units.
Division 6 Renewal of registration
29 Notice for renewal of registration
(1) A notice of renewal of registration is a notice:(a) addressed to a registered operator of a vehicle,
and
(b) stating that, if registration of a registrable vehicle is not
renewed on or before a specified date, the registration of the vehicle will
expire.
(2) If the Authority fails to send a notice of renewal, that failure
does not affect:(a) the expiry of the vehicle’s registration,
or
(b) the obligation of a registered operator to renew the registration
of a vehicle that the operator intends to be used on a road or road related
area after the expiry of its existing registration.
30 Renewal of registration
(1) A registered operator may apply for renewal of the registration of
a registrable vehicle by submitting to the Authority:(a) an application for renewal of registration in the form approved by
the Authority, and
(b) the amount of the relevant registration charge applicable to the
vehicle and the applicable fee for renewal of registration for the relevant
period, and
(c) payment or evidence of payment of any applicable third party
insurance premium required by third party insurance legislation in respect of
the vehicle.
(2) An applicant for renewal of registration of a registrable vehicle
who is seeking to register the vehicle for a period that differs from the
current registration period must nominate a period as if the application for
renewal of registration were an application for
registration.
(3) The registration of a registrable vehicle may be renewed:(a) not more than 3 months after the expiry of registration of the
vehicle, or
(b) in the case of a seasonal vehicle—not more than 12 months
after the expiry of registration of the vehicle.
(4) The expiry date of a renewed period of registration must be
calculated as if the renewal had commenced:(a) on the day after the day recorded in the register as the expiry
date of the period of the registration being renewed, or
(b) in the case of a seasonal vehicle—on the first day of the
nominated period.
(5) Subclauses (3) and (4) do not have the effect of retrospectively
registering a registrable vehicle.
(6) Subject to subclause (7), the Authority must renew the
registration of a registrable vehicle.
(7) The Authority may refuse to renew the registration of a
registrable vehicle if the circumstances are such that if an initial
application for registration of the vehicle were being made the Authority
would refuse the application under clause 12 (1).
(8) If:(a) the period during which the registration of a registrable vehicle
may be renewed has expired, and
(b) the registration of the vehicle has not been renewed,
and
(c) the Authority requests by written notice the registered operator
of the vehicle to return the number-plates of the
vehicle,
the operator must return the number-plates to the Authority within the
period specified in the notice.Maximum penalty (subclause (8)): 20 penalty
units.
Part 3 Alteration of registration status
Division 1 General obligations of registered
operators
31 Obligations of registered operators
(1) Each registered operator of a registered vehicle must ensure that
the Authority is notified, in a form approved by the Authority, not more than
14 days after a change in:(a) the vehicle’s garage address, or
(b) any registered operator’s name, residential address or
address for service of notices.
Note. Section 4 of the Act defines residential
address, in relation to a company or other body corporate, to mean
its registered office or any place recorded in the Register as its residential
address or business address.
(2) The registered operator of a heavy vehicle that has been:(a) destroyed or declared by the operator to be a write-off,
or
(b) declared by an insurer to be a
write-off,
must cause notification of those matters to be given to the Authority not
more than 14 days after their occurrence.
(3) If any change is made to a registrable vehicle that:(a) affects its description as described on the certificate of
registration for the vehicle in accordance with clause 15 (1) (e)–(h),
or
(b) would incur liability for an additional charge under Part 2A of
the Act or the Motor Vehicles Taxation Act
1988,
each registered operator of the vehicle must ensure that the vehicle is
not used until after:(c) the Authority has been notified of the change,
and
(d) any additional fee or charge attributable to the change has been
paid.
(4) A registered operator is not required to comply with subclause (3)
in respect of a change referred to in subclause (3) (a) if the operator has
already provided that information under section 17J of the
Act.
(5) A registered operator of a registrable vehicle must present the
vehicle for inspection or testing in accordance with reasonable notice in
writing served on the operator by the Authority.
(6) A registered operator of a registrable vehicle must provide any
information reasonably required by the Authority to demonstrate that the
garage address recorded in the Register is the vehicle’s actual garage
address.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 2 Transfer of registration
32 Obligations of disposers: provision of inspection
reports
(1) This clause applies only to an examinable vehicle that is
not:(a) a public passenger vehicle, or
(b) a vehicle in respect of which a person is exempted by the
Authority from submitting an inspection report with an application for
registration or renewal of registration.
(2) A person who offers an examinable vehicle for sale to another
person must, before or when the other person is shown the vehicle:(a) give an inspection report for the vehicle to the other person,
being a report issued within the last 42 days, or
(b) make the report available to the other person, so that the report
may be read by the other person.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) A person who sells an examinable vehicle (whether as an agent or
the principal) must give the purchaser, for retention by the purchaser, before
or when the purchaser takes possession of the vehicle, the inspection report
referred to in subclause (2).Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) The following persons are exempted from this clause:(a) any person, in respect of an offer to sell, or the sale of, an
examinable vehicle:(i) that has been, within the 42 days immediately preceding the offer
or the sale, registered for the first time, or
(ii) the registration of which has been renewed within those 42 days in
accordance with this Regulation,
(b) any person, in respect of an offer to sell, or the sale of, an
examinable vehicle:(i) to a dealer, or
(ii) at an auction conducted in accordance with section 23B or 23C of
the Motor Dealers Act 1974,
or
(iii) to an auto-dismantler, or a motor vehicle parts reconstructor,
licensed under the Motor Dealers Act
1974 for the purpose of demolishing or dismantling the
vehicle,
(c) a dealer, in respect of an offer to sell, or the sale, by the
dealer, in the capacity of a dealer, of an examinable
vehicle,
(d) an auto-dismantler, in respect of an offer to sell, or the sale,
by the auto-dismantler, in the capacity of an auto-dismantler, of an
examinable vehicle that is substantially demolished or
dismantled.
(5) In this clause:examinable
vehicle means any one of the following registrable vehicles:
(a) cars,
(b) station wagons,
(c) motor bikes,
(d) trailers having an unladen weight of less than 1.02
tonnes,
(e) motor lorries having a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or
less,
(f) any other motor vehicles having a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or less and to
which number-plates are attached.
33 Obligations of disposers: application for transfer of
registration and notification to Authority
(1) A person, or the agent of a person, who disposes of a registered
registrable vehicle must, immediately after disposing of the vehicle:(a) complete an application for transfer of registration as disposer
in the form approved for that purpose by the Authority and sign it,
and
(b) give the completed form to the
acquirer.
(2) If the person or agent is a dealer, the person or agent must also,
immediately after disposing of the vehicle, notify the Authority of the
following:(a) the full names and addresses of the following persons:(i) if the dealer is an agent for another person—the person on
whose behalf the vehicle has been disposed of,
(ii) the person who has acquired the
vehicle,
(b) the date of the disposal,
(c) the number of any number-plate issued under this Regulation for
use on the vehicle.
(3) This clause does not apply to a passing of possession of a
registrable vehicle:(a) under any hiring (not being a hiring under a hire-purchase
agreement) or under any lending (not being a lending under a lease agreement)
of a registrable vehicle, or
(b) to an agent for the purposes of sale or disposal, or to a bailee
for the purpose of alteration, repair, renovation, garaging, storing or any
other similar purpose not involving the use of the vehicle for the benefit of
the bailee, or
(c) in accordance with an order of a court in Australia or other legal
process.
34 Obligations of acquirers
(1) Except as provided by subclause (2), a person who acquires, or the
agent of a person who acquires, a registered registrable vehicle must, as soon
as practicable after acquiring the vehicle:(a) complete as the acquirer the form obtained from the disposer as
referred to in clause 33 to the extent indicated on the form and sign it,
and
(b) not more than 14 days after acquiring the vehicle, lodge the
completed and signed application with the Authority accompanied by any duty
payable under applicable duty legislation and the applicable fee for transfer
of registration of the vehicle.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) If a registered vehicle is acquired in accordance with an order of
a court in Australia or other legal process, the person, or the agent of the
person, who acquires the vehicle must:(a) obtain evidence of the court order or other legal process and
complete the registration transfer form as the acquirer to the extent
indicated on the form and sign it, and
(b) not more than 14 days after acquiring the vehicle, lodge the
completed and signed application with the Authority accompanied by any duty
payable under applicable duty legislation and the applicable fee (if any) for
transfer of registration of the vehicle.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) If the applicable fee referred to in subclause (1) includes an
additional amount payable by reason of the making of the application after a
date or period, the Authority may in a particular case exempt an applicant
from liability to pay that additional amount if the Authority is satisfied
there is sufficient cause for doing so.
(4) A person who acquires, or the agent of a person who acquires, a
registered registrable vehicle is not required to pay the applicable fee
referred to in subclause (1) if the person is a veteran to whom section 24 of
the Veterans’ Entitlements Act
1986 of the Commonwealth applies.
(5) This clause does not apply to a passing of possession of a
registrable vehicle:(a) under any hiring (not being a hiring under a hire-purchase
agreement) or under any lending (not being a lending under a lease agreement)
of a registrable vehicle, or
(b) to an agent for the purposes of sale or disposal, or to a bailee
for the purpose of alteration, repair, renovation, garaging, storing or any
other similar purpose not involving the use of the vehicle for the benefit of
the bailee.
35 Repossession and restoration
(1) The holder of a security interest in a registered registrable
vehicle must notify the Authority, and apply for transfer of the vehicle, not
more than 14 days after:(a) taking possession of the vehicle from a registered operator,
or
(b) returning possession of the vehicle to a registered
operator.
(2) Notification of taking or returning possession must be in a form
approved by the Authority.
(3) An application for transfer after taking or returning possession
of a registered registrable vehicle:(a) must be in a form approved by the Authority for the purpose,
and
(b) must be accompanied by the applicable fee for transfer of
registration of the vehicle.
36 Registration of the transfer of vehicles and functions of
the Authority
(1) The Authority may refuse to register the transfer of registration
of a registrable vehicle if:(a) the registrable vehicle is the subject of a vehicle defect notice
that:(i) prohibits use of the vehicle or imposes conditions on the use of
the vehicle, and
(ii) has not been cleared in accordance with this Regulation,
or
(b) the vehicle is registered on condition that it not be transferred,
or
(c) the requirements of this Regulation relating to transfer of
registration have not been complied with, or
(d) the Authority reasonably believes that the ownership, possession,
control or description of the registrable vehicle (or of any part of the
registrable vehicle) is uncertain, or
(e) the person disposing of, or the person acquiring the registrable
vehicle, fails to comply with the requirements of a law in force in this State
relating to certificates of roadworthiness for, or inspection of, registrable
vehicles, or
(f) the Authority would refuse an application to register the vehicle
under this Regulation, or
(g) the Authority has sought further information or supporting
evidence in relation to the transfer and the information or evidence has not
been furnished to the Authority, or
(h) the Authority is for any reason of the opinion that the person to
whom the registration is proposed to be transferred is not a fit and proper
person to be a registered operator of the vehicle, or
(i) if the vehicle has more than one registered operator—the
Authority is not satisfied that each registered operator consents to the
transfer, or
(j) the Authority is satisfied that the effective management of the
vehicle has not changed.
(2) The Authority may refuse to register the transfer of registration
of a registrable vehicle for which any special number-plate has been issued
unless:(a) the distinguishing number of the registration has been altered in
accordance with this Regulation, and
(b) any number-plate issued for the vehicle has been surrendered to
the Authority.
(3) The Authority must refuse to register a transfer of registration
of a registrable vehicle if an order of a court in Australia prohibits the
transfer of registration of the vehicle, and the Authority has been notified
of the order.
(4) The Authority may register the transfer of a registrable vehicle,
despite the failure of one of the parties to the transfer to meet a
requirement of this Regulation relating to the transfer of registrable
vehicles, if the Authority considers it appropriate to do so in the
circumstances.
(5) If the Authority is advised by a registered operator of a
registrable vehicle that the vehicle has been disposed of, the Authority may
make an entry in the Register to that effect pending the receipt of the
application for transfer.
(6) If the Authority registers a transfer of a registrable vehicle it
must issue a new certificate of registration, make an endorsement on the
certificate of registration or issue a form of transfer of registration to the
person acquiring the vehicle.
(7) The Authority may, subject to any condition that it thinks fit,
exempt any person or class of persons from all or any provisions of this
Division (other than this subclause).
37 Transfer on death of registered operator
(1) On notification of the death of a registered operator of a
registrable vehicle, the Authority may transfer the registration to any person
who applies to the Authority for the transfer if:(a) the person proves to the satisfaction of the Authority that the
person is reasonably entitled to the transfer, and
(b) in the case of a vehicle that has more than one registered
operator—the Authority is satisfied that each remaining registered
operator consents to the transfer, and
(c) the certificate of registration for the vehicle is surrendered to
the Authority, and
(d) any applicable fee in respect of the transfer is
paid.
(2) A transfer may be cancelled by the Authority if, during the
currency of the registration, any person produces probate of the will or
letters of administration granted to the person for the estate of the deceased
and applies, pursuant to the will or letters of administration, to have the
registration transferred to a person other than the person to whom the
registrable vehicle has been transferred under subclause
(1).
(3) Any person to whom a certificate of registration has been
transferred under subclause (1) must, in the event of the transfer being
cancelled, immediately deliver the certificate of registration to the
Authority on being requested to do so.Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): 20 penalty
units.
38 Partial transfer of light vehicle
(1) If a light vehicle is currently registered in the name of a
person, the Authority may record an additional person as a registered operator
of the vehicle, but only if it first approves an application by the additional
person for the partial transfer of the registration of the
vehicle.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, the Authority may approve an
application for the transfer of registration only if:(a) the application is signed by each existing registered operator as
indicated on the application form, and
(b) the application is accompanied by any duty payable under
applicable duty legislation and the applicable fee for transfer of
registration of the vehicle, and
(c) the person provides such information and supporting evidence as
the Authority may require, and
(d) the Authority is satisfied that, had the vehicle been sold to the
person and clauses 32–34 been complied with, it would not have refused
to transfer the registration of the vehicle to the person under clause
36.
(3) If the Authority records an additional person as a registered
operator of a registrable vehicle after approving the person’s
application for the transfer of registration, the Authority must issue a new
certificate of registration bearing the names of both the existing registered
operator and the additional registered operator.
Division 3 Expiry of registration
39 Expiry of registration
(1) The registration of a registrable vehicle expires at the end of
the day recorded in the Register as the vehicle’s registration expiry
date.
(2) A renewal of a registration takes effect:(a) from the expiry of the registration, or
(b) if reissued by the Authority to take effect from an earlier
day—from that day.
(3) If the registration of a registrable vehicle expires, the
registered operator must, if requested to do so by a written notice from the
Authority, return the vehicle’s number-plates to the Authority (or an
agent nominated by the Authority) within the period specified in the
notice.
(4) A registered operator to whom a written notice is given under this
clause must comply with any requirement specified in the
notice.Maximum penalty (subclause (4)): 20 penalty
units.
Division 4 Surrender and cancellation of
registration
40 Surrender of registration by registered
operator
(1) A registered operator, personally or by an agent who produces
written evidence of his or her appointment as agent, may apply to the
Authority to surrender the registration of a registrable
vehicle.
(2) The Authority must approve an application for the surrender of the
registration of a registrable vehicle unless:(a) a registered operator of the vehicle has failed to meet the
requirements of this Regulation, or
(b) the Authority is taking action to suspend or cancel the
registration, or
(c) if the vehicle has more than one registered operator—the
Authority is not satisfied that each registered operator consents to the
surrender.
Note. Part 6 provides for the refund of fees in the case of a surrender
or cancellation of registration.
41 Suspension or cancellation of registration by
Authority
(1) The Authority may suspend or cancel the registration of a
registrable vehicle in accordance with this Division if:(a) a vehicle defect notice relating to the vehicle has not been
complied with and the date for compliance specified in the notice has expired,
or
(b) the vehicle does not comply with the applicable vehicle standards
for the vehicle, or
(c) any amounts payable in relation to the vehicle under duty
legislation, the Act or this Regulation have not been paid,
or
(c1) the vehicle ceases to be an insured motor vehicle within the
meaning of the Motor Accidents Compensation
Act 1999, orNote. Section 14 of the Motor
Accidents Compensation Act 1999 requires the RTA to comply
with a request by a licenced insurer to suspend or cancel the registration of
a motor vehicle in certain circumstances.
(d) a payment in a form other than cash submitted to the Authority as
payment of a relevant registration charge or fees or duty is dishonoured,
or
(e) a penalty imposed on a registered operator of the vehicle in
respect of the operation of the vehicle is unpaid and no court order for the
payment of a penalty by instalments has been made, or
(f) a registered operator of the vehicle has not complied with a court
order for the payment by instalments of a penalty imposed on the registered
operator in respect of the operation of the vehicle, or
(g) the vehicle has been destroyed or damaged beyond repair,
or
(h) the Authority reasonably believes that the ownership, possession,
control or description of the registrable vehicle (or of any part of the
registrable vehicle) as recorded on the Register is uncertain,
or
(i) the Authority has approved an application to surrender
registration of the vehicle, or
(j) any tax on the vehicle under the provisions of any Act is due and
unpaid, or
(k) the Authority is satisfied that the registration has been issued
erroneously, or
(l) the Authority is, for any reason whatsoever, of the opinion that a
registered operator of the vehicle is not a fit and proper person to be the
holder of the registration for the vehicle, or
(m) the vehicle is clamped under Division 2 of Part 5.5 of the Road Transport (General) Act 2005,
or
(n) a registered operator of the vehicle has failed to comply with a
requirement imposed by or under this Regulation to return or surrender a
number-plate for the vehicle.
Note. The Authority may also suspend the registration of a registrable
vehicle under section 218 of the Road
Transport (General) Act 2005.
(2) The Authority may suspend the registration of a registrable
vehicle for a period not exceeding 3 months if the Authority is satisfied, on
the balance of probabilities, that a registered operator of the vehicle has
failed to use or manage the vehicle so as to effectively prevent repeated
violations of the traffic law (whether by the operator or by another person
authorised to use the vehicle).
(2A) The Authority may suspend the registration of a registrable
vehicle if it appears to the Authority that a registered operator of the
vehicle (being a corporation) has committed a second or subsequent offence
under section 179 (6) of the Road Transport
(General) Act 2005 in relation to any vehicle of the
registered operator in any 3 year period.
(2B) The Authority may suspend the registration of a heavy vehicle for
a period not exceeding 3 months if 3 or more M5 East Tunnel vehicle emission
offences involving the vehicle are committed.
(2C) An M5 East
Tunnel vehicle emission offence is an offence under clause 16 (1) of
the Protection of the
Environment Operations (Clean Air) Regulation 2010 in relation
to the emission of excessive air impurities by a heavy vehicle being used in
the M5 East Tunnel.
(2D) An M5 East Tunnel vehicle emission offence is committed if:(a) a court convicts a person of the offence (whether or not it
imposes any penalty), or
(b) an amount is paid under a penalty notice in respect of the
offence, or
(c) a penalty notice enforcement order under the Fines Act 1996 is made against a
person in respect of the offence.
(3) Clause 42 does not apply to a decision to suspend registration
under subclause (2), (2A) or (2B). However, before suspending the registration
of a vehicle under any of those subclauses, the Authority:(a) must give a registered operator of the vehicle notice in writing
of the matters referred to in clause 42 (1) (a) and (b) and the period of
suspension, and
(b) may follow such other procedures prescribed by clause 42 or such
other procedures as it considers appropriate.
(4) In this clause, traffic law
means:(a) a provision of the Act or this Regulation, or
(b) a provision of the road transport legislation (within the meaning
of the Road Transport (General) Act
2005) other than this Act or the
regulations.
42 Procedures for suspension and cancellation of
registration
(1) If the Authority decides to suspend the registration of a
registrable vehicle, the Authority must give a registered operator notice in
writing of:(a) the reasons for the suspension, and
(b) the date on which the registration is to be suspended,
and
(c) the action to be taken by the registered operator in order to
avoid the suspension or to have the suspension
removed.
(2) The Authority must not cancel the registration of a registrable
vehicle unless the Authority:(a) has suspended the registration and believes that a reason for the
suspension still exists, and
(b) has served notice on each registered operator that:(i) advises the registered operator that the Authority has decided to
cancel the registration of the vehicle and gives the reasons for the decision,
and
(ii) specifies requirements that must be met if the cancellation is to
be avoided, and
(iii) states that, if those requirements are not met within 14 days
after the date specified in the notice for that purpose, the cancellation will
then take effect, and
(iv) if there is a right under the Road Transport (General) Act 2005 or
a regulation made under that Act to appeal against the decision or to have it
reviewed—advises the registered operator of the right of appeal or
review.
(3) Subclause (2) does not apply:(a) in the case of a cancellation following a surrender of
registration by a registered operator under this Division,
or
(b) if the Authority is directed to cancel the registration by the
State Debt Recovery Office under the Fines
Act 1996, or
(c) if the Authority is required to cancel the registration by virtue
of section 16C of the Road Transport
(Vehicle Registration) Act 1997.
(4) If the requirements stated in the notice referred to in subclause
(2) are not met within the period specified in the notice, the registration of
the vehicle is cancelled at the end of that period.
(5) If the registration of a vehicle is cancelled, a registered
operator must:(a) destroy any registration label for the vehicle as soon as
practicable after the registration is cancelled, and
(b) return the certificate of registration and any number-plates
issued in respect of the registration to the Authority (or an agent nominated
by the Authority) within 14 days after the registration is
cancelled.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) (Repealed)
(7) On cancelling the registration of a registrable vehicle, the
Authority may require a registered operator of the vehicle to pay the
applicable fee for the cancellation.
Part 4 Authorised and permitted uses of unregistered
registrable vehicles
Division 1 Unregistered vehicle permits
43 Issue of unregistered vehicle permits
(1) In this clause, number includes a letter of
the alphabet.
(2) The Authority may issue an unregistered vehicle permit for a
registrable vehicle that complies with any applicable third party insurance
legislation if:(a) it would be unreasonable or impracticable to require that the
vehicle be registered during a particular period, or
(b) the vehicle has been driven, under clause 17 of Schedule 1, to a
place for the purpose of obtaining registration and registration has been
refused.
(3) An unregistered vehicle permit authorises, subject to any
condition specified in the permit, use of a registrable vehicle on:(a) a road or road related area, or
(b) particular roads or road related areas.
(4) Unless sooner revoked, an unregistered vehicle permit expires on
the expiry date recorded in the permit:(a) if the permit specifies an expiry time—at that time on the
expiry date, or
(b) if no expiry time is specified—at the end of the day
recorded as the expiry date.
(5) If the Authority issues an unregistered vehicle permit the
Authority must:(a) record details of the permit, including any condition to which the
permit is subject, in the Register, and
(b) assign a temporary identification number to the
vehicle.
(6) Except if otherwise approved by the Authority, an applicant for an
unregistered vehicle permit must pay to the Authority any applicable fee for
issue of the permit before it is issued.
(7) The holder of an unregistered vehicle permit must:(a) display a notice affixed securely to the registrable vehicle in a
prominent position depicting the temporary identification number assigned to
the vehicle by the Authority, or
(b) display such information as may be required or authorised by the
Authority.
(8) An unregistered vehicle permit may be revoked or varied at any
time by the Authority.
Division 2 Trader’s plates
44 Issue of trader’s plates
(1) On the payment of the applicable fee, the Authority may issue one
or more trader’s plates to any person that the Authority is
satisfied:(a) is a manufacturer, or repairer of, or dealer in, unregistered
registrable vehicles, or
(b) provides some other service in relation to unregistered
registrable vehicles that is incidental to the manufacture or repair of, or
dealings in, those vehicles, being a service that the Authority is satisfied
requires the use of trader’s plates.
(2) Despite subclause (1), the Authority is not to issue a
trader’s plate to a person unless the Authority is satisfied that the
person carries on business from premises that the Authority considers to be
suitable for the issue of trader’s plates.
(3) A trader’s plate issued under this clause:(a) must conform to such specifications as the Authority may
determine, and
(b) must display:(i) the matter “NSW” and such words (if any) as the
Authority may determine with the approval of the Minister,
or
(ii) the words “New South Wales” and such other words (if
any) as the Authority may determine with the approval of the Minister,
and
(c) remains the property of the Authority.
45 Use of vehicles with trader’s plates on road or road
related area
For the purposes of section 18 (2) (b) of the Act, a registrable
vehicle to which a trader’s plate is attached may be used on a road or
road related area only if the use of the vehicle is an authorised use under
this Division.
46 Purposes for which trader’s plates may be
used
(1) Subject to subclause (2), the use of a registrable vehicle to
which a trader’s plate is affixed on a road or road related area is an
authorised use if the vehicle (or in the case of a trailer, the vehicle by
which it is drawn):(a) is conveying the trader to whom the plate has been issued or the
trader’s authorised employee or agent, and is being driven:(i) for a purpose connected with its manufacture or repair or
connected with a dealing in the vehicle, or
(ii) for a purpose connected with a service provided in relation to
unregistered registrable vehicles that is incidental to the manufacture or
repair of, or dealings in, those vehicles, being a service that the Authority
is satisfied requires the use of trader’s plates, or
(iii) to the nearest convenient motor registry for registration by the
most direct or convenient route, or
(iv) for delivery at the address of a person who has acquired it from
such a trader, or
(b) is being test driven by a prospective purchaser who is in
possession of a written authorisation to drive the vehicle issued by the
trader to whom the plate has been issued or by the trader’s authorised
employee or agent.
(2) Nothing in subclause (1) authorises the use on a road or road
related area of a registrable vehicle to which a trader’s plate is
affixed for the carriage of a load unless:(a) the load is carried solely for the purpose of demonstrating to a
genuine prospective purchaser the capacity of the vehicle for carrying a
particular type of weight of loading, or
(b) the vehicle is being driven by the most direct or convenient route
to the premises of the trader to whom the plate has been issued from the place
at which the trader has manufactured or purchased the vehicle and the loading
consists solely of a registrable vehicle manufactured or purchased by such a
trader for sale by the trader, or
(c) the vehicle is a trailer specially constructed for the carriage of
a boat and the loading consists solely of a boat, or
(d) the vehicle weighs not more than 2 tonnes unladen and is being
driven:(i) by the shortest practicable route to the premises of the trader
from the place at which the trader has manufactured or purchased the vehicle
and the loading consists solely of goods that are intended for the
trader’s personal use or for use in his or her business as a trader,
or
(ii) solely for carrying spare parts (being spare parts for use in
connection with the repair of registrable vehicles by such a trader) to the
trader’s premises from a railway station or airport to which they have
been consigned to the trader.
(3) A person must not authorise an individual to test drive on a road
or road related area an unregistered registrable vehicle to which a
trader’s plate is attached unless:(a) the person is the trader to whom the trader’s plate has been
issued or is the trader’s authorised employee or agent,
and
(b) the person reasonably believes the individual to be a genuine
prospective purchaser, and
(c) the person has made a record of the individual’s name and
address, and
(d) the person has provided the individual with a written
authorisation to drive the vehicle.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) In this clause:trader’s
authorised employee or agent means an employee or agent of the
trader duly authorised in writing.
47 Trader to keep and produce record
A person to whom a trader’s plate for a registrable vehicle
is issued must:(a) in respect of each occasion on which a registrable vehicle is
driven on a road or road related area with the plate affixed—cause
particulars to be entered in ink on a record in a form approved by the
Authority, and
(b) keep any such record at the premises in which the person carries
on the business in respect of which the trader’s plate was issued for at
least 6 months after the record was made, and
(c) produce any such record for the preceding 6 months for inspection
when required so to do by:(i) the Authority, or
(ii) any police officer.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
48 Questions regarding use of plate to be answered
Any driver or person in charge of a registrable vehicle to which a
trader’s plate is affixed or any person to whom a trader’s plate
has been issued must, when required to do so by any police officer,
immediately answer truthfully all questions that are put to the person
concerning the purpose for which the plate is used.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
49 Disposal or cessation of business
If a trader to whom a trader’s plate has been issued sells,
disposes of or ceases to carry on the business to which the trader’s
plate relates, the trader must immediately give written notification to the
Authority of the sale, disposal or cessation of the business and deliver the
trader’s plate to the Authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
50 Return of trader’s plate
(1) If the Authority is satisfied that a person has ceased for any
reason to be entitled to hold a trader’s plate issued to the person, the
Authority may request the person immediately to deliver the trader’s
plate to the Authority.
(2) Subject to subclause (1), any person to whom a trader’s
plate has been issued must, not later than 14 days after the expiration of the
period for which the trader’s plate was issued, deliver the
trader’s plate to the Authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) A person must not drive, or allow to be driven, or be in charge
of, any registrable vehicle on a road or road related area if there is affixed
to or displayed upon the vehicle any trader’s plate that was issued for
a period that has expired.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 3 Persons unaware of registration status
50A Vehicles being driven in the course of motor industry
business
(1) For the purposes of section 18 (2) (b) of the Act, the use of an
unregistered registrable vehicle on a road or on a road related area is
permitted if the person using the vehicle:(a) was not the responsible person for the vehicle at the relevant
time, and
(b) was a motor industry business employee or owner using the vehicle
in the course of motor vehicle dealing or the repair, inspection, maintenance,
cosmetic enhancement or testing of the vehicle at the relevant
time.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply if it is established that the person
using the vehicle knew, or ought reasonably to have known, that the vehicle
was unregistered at the relevant time.
50B Vehicles being driven by persons unaware of registration
status
For the purposes of section 18 (2) (b) of the Act, the use of an
unregistered registrable vehicle on a road or on a road related area is
permitted if the person using the vehicle:(a) was not the responsible person for the vehicle at the relevant
time, and
(b) can establish that he or she did not know, and could not
reasonably have known, that the vehicle was unregistered at the relevant
time.
Part 5 Vehicle standards
Division 1 General requirements
51 Applicable vehicle standards
For the purposes of this Regulation, the applicable vehicle
standards for a registrable vehicle are the requirements specified
in Schedule 2 that apply to the vehicle.
52 Registrable vehicles to comply with vehicle standards
specified in Schedule 2
(1) A person must not use a registrable vehicle on a road or road
related area unless:(a) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards for the
vehicle, and
(b) the vehicle and its parts and equipment are suitable for safe use
and are in a thoroughly serviceable condition.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) Without limiting the liability of any other person under subclause
(1), a registered operator (other than a registered operator using a vehicle
in contravention of that subclause) of a registrable vehicle that is used in
contravention of subclause (1) is also guilty of an offence under that
subclause.
(3) A person is not guilty of an offence under subclause (1)
if:(a) the vehicle concerned is used on a road or road related area in
accordance with a condition imposed on its use, given expressly or by
necessary implication, by a police officer or the Authority under section 26
of the Act, or
(b) the vehicle:(i) fails to comply with the dimension limits prescribed by Division 2
of Part 4 of Schedule 2, and
(ii) is exempted from the dimension limits by the operation of a
provision of Division 3 of Part 7, or
(c) the vehicle is conditionally registered under this Regulation
despite a failure to comply with an applicable vehicle standard for the
vehicle and is used on a road or road related area in accordance with the
conditions of registration, or
(d) the vehicle concerned is used on a road or road related area in
accordance with the conditions of an unregistered vehicle
permit.
(4) If any person employed by a registered operator of a registrable
vehicle to drive the vehicle becomes aware that the vehicle is not in a safe
and thoroughly serviceable condition to be used on a road or road related
area, the person must:(a) prepare, as soon as is practicable, in duplicate, a report on a
form supplied to the person for that purpose by the registered operator that
includes the prescribed particulars, and
(b) retain a copy of the report and, as soon as is practicable:(i) leave the other copy of the report with the registered operator,
or
(ii) if it is not practicable for the registered operator personally to
take delivery of the report—leave the report for the operator with a
person, or at a place, appointed by the operator for the
purpose.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(5) A registered operator of any registrable vehicle who employs any
person to drive the vehicle must:(a) provide the driver with forms for the purposes of subclause (4)
and appoint a person with whom, or a place at which, any report referred to in
that subclause may be left for the operator when it is not practicable for the
registered operator to take delivery of it, and
(b) retain a copy of any report left with or for the registered
operator under subclause (4) for a period of 6 months from the date of the
report, and
(c) produce the report (or cause it to be produced) for inspection if
requested to do so by a police officer or the
Authority.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) Nothing in subclause (4) or (5) affects the liability of any
person under subclause (1) or (2).
(7) In this clause:prescribed
particulars, in relation to a report referred to in subclause (4),
means:
(a) the date of the report, and
(b) the registration number of the vehicle, and
(c) a statement specifying which parts or equipment of the vehicle
need, in the person’s opinion, to be repaired, replaced or adjusted to
put the vehicle in a safe and thoroughly serviceable
condition.
registrable
vehicle includes a road train and any component vehicle of a road
train and a B-double.
Division 2 Standards and certifications
53 Compliance with vehicle standards
(1) The Authority may accept as evidence that a registrable vehicle
complies with the applicable vehicle standards for the vehicle:(a) an identification plate relating to the vehicle,
or
(b) a certificate to that effect issued by the manufacturer of the
vehicle, or
(c) the fact that the vehicle and the registered operator of the
vehicle are the subject of an accreditation under an accreditation scheme
under Division 6, or
(d) the fact that the vehicle and the registered operator of the
vehicle are the subject of an accreditation under a Non-national Maintenance
Scheme approved by the Authority.
(2) In the absence of evidence mentioned in subclause (1), the
Authority may, on inspecting the registrable vehicle, issue a certificate to
the effect that the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards for
the vehicle.
54 Non-complying and non-standard vehicles
A registrable vehicle that does not comply with the applicable
vehicle standards may be conditionally registered if the vehicle has:(a) an operations plate installed on it in accordance with this
Division, or
(b) a certificate of approved operations issued in accordance with
this Division, or
(c) an identification plate relating to the
vehicle.
55 Operations plates and certificates of approved
operations
(1) The Authority may authorise a person to install an operations
plate on, or issue a certificate of approved operations for, a registrable
vehicle that has been manufactured or modified in such a way that the vehicle
does not comply with the applicable vehicle standards for the
vehicle.
(2) An operations plate installed on, or a certificate of approved
operations issued for, a registrable vehicle must indicate:(a) any deficiencies in the vehicle’s operating characteristics,
and
(b) any conditions that should be applied to the vehicle’s
registration.
(3) (Repealed)
55A Modifications to registered vehicles
A person must not carry out modifications on a registered vehicle
(whether by the addition or removal of components or otherwise) that results
in the vehicle failing to comply with the applicable vehicle
standards.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 3 Inspections
Subdivision 1 When vehicles may be inspected
56 Directed inspections
(1) The Authority or a police officer may require a person to present
a registrable vehicle for inspection by the Authority or an authorised
examiner at a time and place specified in a notice in writing served on the
person if:(a) the person has control over the vehicle, or
(b) the vehicle is registered and the person is a registered operator
of the vehicle.
(2) A person on whom a notice under subclause (1) has been served may,
not later than 24 hours before the time specified in the notice, request the
Authority or police officer to change the time or place of
inspection.
(3) The Authority or police officer must consider any request made
under subclause (2) and must, if it is reasonable to do so, notify the person
of any change in the time or place of inspection.
(4) A person must comply with:(a) any notice served on the person under subclause (1),
or
(b) any notification given to the person under subclause
(3).
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(5) The Authority may require the registered operator of a registrable
vehicle that is inspected pursuant to this clause to pay the applicable fee
for the inspection.
(6) Subclause (5) does not apply to any of the following vehicles if
the inspection is carried out solely for the purpose of determining whether
the vehicle’s exhaust emission levels comply with this
Regulation:(a) a motor lorry with a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or
more,
(b) an articulated motor lorry,
(c) a prime mover,
(d) a tow truck,
(e) a trailer,
(f) a bus or other vehicle equipped to seat more than 8 adult
persons,
(g) a taxi-cab.
57 Periodic inspections
(1) Unless otherwise determined by the Authority, a registrable
vehicle must be inspected by the Authority or by an authorised
examiner:(a) except as provided by paragraph (b), at least once every year,
or
(b) in the case of a public passenger vehicle, at least twice every
year.
(2) In the case of a vehicle to be inspected by the Authority:(a) the fees to accompany an application for the registration or
renewal of registration of the vehicle must include:(i) except as provided by subparagraph (ii), the applicable fee for
one inspection of the vehicle, or
(ii) in the case of a public passenger vehicle, the applicable fees for
2 inspections of the vehicle, and
(b) the date, time and place for an inspection of the vehicle is to be
as agreed between the Authority and the registered operator of the vehicle,
and
(c) unless otherwise determined by the Authority, if the vehicle is
not presented for an inspection in accordance with such an agreement:(i) the inspection fee for that inspection is forfeited to the
Authority, and
(ii) if the vehicle is subsequently presented for inspection, a further
inspection fee must be paid to the Authority before the vehicle is
inspected.
(3) An agreement referred to in subclause (2) (b) may be varied at the
request of the registered operator of the vehicle so long as the request is
made not later than 24 hours before the time currently
agreed.
Subdivision 2 Authorised examiners and inspection
stations
58 Examiner’s authorities
(1) The Authority may authorise in writing any person who, in its
opinion, is suitably qualified and of suitable character:(a) to conduct inspections and tests of registrable vehicles at
authorised inspection stations for the purposes of determining whether or not
the vehicles are suitable for safe use or comply with the requirements of the
Act and this Regulation, and
(b) to issue inspection reports relating to those
inspections.
(2) However, the Authority must not issue an examiner’s
authority to any person unless the person has undertaken, and has passed, a
course of instruction for examiners that is approved by the Authority and
conducted by an organisation approved by the
Authority.
(2A) Without limiting subclause (1), an examiner’s authority may
be issued to authorise the holder of the authority to conduct inspections and
tests referred to in subclause (1) at any place (other than on a road), but
only in relation to such classes of heavy vehicles as are specified in the
authority.
(3) An examiner’s authority may be subjected at any time to such
conditions as the Authority may consider appropriate in relation to the person
or class of persons concerned.
(4) An examiner’s authority:(a) applies to the inspection of registrable vehicles generally or to
the class or classes of registrable vehicles specified in the authority,
and
(b) remains in force until it is surrendered, suspended or cancelled,
and
(c) is to be issued in the manner and in the form approved by the
Authority, and
(d) is subject to any condition imposed under this
Subdivision.
(5) An examiner’s authority, or a duplicate of such an
authority, must not be issued unless:(a) the applicant for the authority or duplicate has paid to the
Authority the applicable fee for the issue of the authority,
or
(b) the Authority has exempted the applicant from payment of that
fee.
(6) The charge that may be made for the issue of an inspection report
referred to in subclause (1) must not be more than the maximum charge for the
time being specified by the Authority.
(7) A person must not:(a) conduct an inspection or test of a registrable vehicle for the
purpose of determining whether or not the vehicle is suitable for safe use or
complies with the Act or this Regulation unless the person is the holder of an
examiner’s authority, or
(b) issue an inspection report relating to such an inspection unless
the person is the holder of an examiner’s
authority.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(8) The holder of an examiner’s authority must not breach a
condition of the authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(9) A person must not issue an inspection report if the person knows,
or ought reasonably to suspect, that the report is false or misleading in a
material particular.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(10) The Authority may exempt any person or class of persons from the
requirement under subclause (2) to have undertaken, or to have passed, a
course of instruction for examiners.
59 Proprietor’s authorities
(1) A person may be authorised in writing to use premises for the
purpose of conducting inspections and tests of registrable vehicles by
authorised examiners if the Authority is satisfied that:(a) the premises and the equipment on the premises are suitable for
that use, and
(b) the person is competent to carry out the responsibilities
associated with using the premises for that purpose, and
(c) the person, and each person specified in the application for the
proprietor’s authority as being a person who will be involved in the use
of the premises for that purpose, are of suitable
character.
(2) However, the Authority must not issue a proprietor’s
authority to any person unless the person has undertaken, and has passed, a
course of instruction for proprietors that is approved by the Authority and
conducted by an organisation approved by the
Authority.
(3) A proprietor’s authority may be subjected at any time to
such conditions as the Authority may consider appropriate in relation to the
person or class of persons concerned.
(4) A person must not use premises for the purposes of conducting an
inspection or test referred to in subclause (1) unless the person is the
holder of a proprietor’s authority in force in respect of the
premises.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4A) A person is not guilty of an offence under subclause (4) if the
premises being used for the purposes of conducting an inspection or test are
used in accordance with an authority issued under clause 58
(2A).
(5) A person who uses premises for the purposes of conducting an
inspection or test referred to in subclause (1) must not permit an inspection
report to be issued from those premises in relation to any such inspection or
test if the person knows, or ought reasonably to suspect, that the report is
false or misleading in a material particular.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) For the purposes of this Regulation, a licence in force under the
Motor Vehicle Repairs Act
1980 is taken to be a proprietor’s authority issued in
accordance with this clause.
(7) A proprietor’s authority:(a) applies to the inspection of registrable vehicles generally or to
the class or classes of registrable vehicles specified in the authority,
and
(b) except in the case of a proprietor’s authority that is a
licence under the Motor Vehicle Repairs Act
1980:(i) remains in force until it is surrendered, suspended or cancelled
by the Authority, and
(ii) is to be granted, issued or refused (as the case requires) by the
Authority, and if granted or issued, to be in the manner and form approved by
the Authority, and
(c) is subject to any condition imposed under this
Subdivision.
(8) A proprietor’s authority (other than a proprietor’s
authority that is a licence under the Motor
Vehicle Repairs Act 1980), or a duplicate of such an
authority, must not be issued unless:(a) the applicant for the authority or duplicate has paid to the
Authority the applicable fee for the issue of the authority,
or
(b) the Authority has exempted the applicant from payment of that
fee.
(9) The Authority may exempt any person or class of persons from the
requirement under subclause (2) to have undertaken, or to have passed, a
course of instruction for proprietors.
60 Authority may issue rules for the purposes of this
Subdivision
(1) The Authority may issue rules, not inconsistent with the Act or
this Regulation, relating to all or any of the following:(a) the inspection and testing of registrable vehicles to determine
whether they are suitable for safe use or comply with the Act or this
Regulation,
(b) the issue of inspection reports,
(c) the use of authorised inspection stations or other places for the
purposes of conducting inspections or tests of registrable
vehicles,
(d) the furnishing of information as to persons involved in:(i) the conduct of inspections and tests of registrable vehicles at
authorised inspection stations or other places, or
(ii) the use of authorised inspection stations or other places for the
purposes of conducting such inspections and tests.
(2) The Authority may, from time to time, alter any rules so
issued.
(3) It is a condition of an examiner’s authority or
proprietor’s authority that the holder of the authority comply with any
rule in force under this clause that is issued to the
person.
(4) If:(a) a person, not being an authorised examiner or an authorised
proprietor, requests a copy of any such rules, or
(b) an authorised examiner, or an authorised proprietor, to whom a
copy of those rules has been issued requests a further
copy,
the Authority must issue such a copy or further copy on payment of the
applicable fee. However, the Authority may issue a copy without fee in a
particular case.
61 Books of inspection reports
On payment of the applicable fee, the Authority may issue a book
of inspection reports to the holder of a proprietor’s
authority.
62 Suspension or cancellation of examiner’s authorities
and proprietor’s authorities
(1) The Authority may suspend or cancel an examiner’s authority
or a proprietor’s authority (other than a proprietor’s authority
that is a licence under the Motor Vehicle
Repairs Act 1980) if:(a) the holder has failed to comply with a condition to which the
authority is subject, or
(b) the Authority is, for any reason, of the opinion that the holder
is not a fit and proper person to continue to hold the
authority.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1) (b):(a) the Authority may form the opinion that the holder of an
examiner’s authority is not a fit and proper person to continue to hold
the authority if it is satisfied that any person involved in the conduct of
inspections and tests of registrable vehicles pursuant to the authority is not
of suitable character, and
(b) the Authority may form the opinion that the holder of a
proprietor’s authority is not a fit and proper person to continue to
hold the authority if it is satisfied that any person involved in the use of
an authorised inspection station pursuant to the authority is not of suitable
character.
(3) The Authority cannot suspend or cancel an examiner’s
authority or a proprietor’s authority unless:(a) the Authority by notice in writing requests the person concerned
to show cause why the authority should not be suspended or cancelled on the
grounds specified in the notice, and
(b) that person replies to the notice or fails to reply within 21 days
from the date the notice was issued.
(4) Subclause (3) does not apply to the suspension of an
examiner’s authority or a proprietor’s authority if the Authority
has reason to suspect that the holder of the authority wilfully failed to
comply with any rule in force under this Subdivision and is likely to commit
further breaches of those rules.
63 Committee of review
(1) The Authority is to appoint a committee of review to which the
Authority may refer for consideration and report to the Authority any case
where consideration is being given to the refusal, suspension or cancellation
of an examiner’s authority or a proprietor’s
authority.
(2) The committee of review is to include:(a) a representative of the Authority, who is to be the chairperson of
the committee, and
(b) representatives of such organisations associated with trading in
or servicing of registrable vehicles as the Authority considers
appropriate.
(3) The committee of review may determine its own procedure for
dealing with cases referred to it by the Authority for consideration and
report.
(4) The committee of review must take into consideration any reply to
a notice referred to in clause 62 (3) that is received by the Authority before
the Authority refers the matter to which the notice relates to the
committee.
(5) The committee of review is to report to the Authority on any
matter referred to it for consideration and must state in the report any
recommendation that it wishes to make.
(6) If members of the committee of review do not agree on the nature
of a recommendation to be so stated, the committee must record the
disagreement in its report and may state in the report more than one
recommendation.
(7) In determining whether to suspend or cancel an examiner’s
authority or a proprietor’s authority under this Subdivision, the
Authority is to have regard to the report of the committee of review but is
not bound to follow any recommendation contained in the
report.
64 Notification of decisions by Authority
(1) If an application for the issue of an examiner’s authority
or a proprietor’s authority is refused, or if an examiner’s
authority or proprietor’s authority is suspended or cancelled by the
Authority, the Authority must notify the applicant or holder of the authority
in writing of the refusal, suspension or cancellation and of the grounds for
it.
(2) The decision of the Authority to suspend or cancel an authority
has effect:(a) on and from the date that is 21 days after the date on which the
holder of the authority is notified, or
(b) if the holder appeals to a court or applies to a tribunal for a
review under regulations made under the Road
Transport (General) Act 2005 against the decision:(i) only if the court or tribunal confirms the decision or the appeal
or application is withdrawn, and
(ii) subject to any variation of the decision made by that court or
tribunal, and
(iii) on the date on which that court or tribunal confirms the decision,
or on such later date (if any) as that court or tribunal orders, or, if the
appeal or application is withdrawn, on the date on which it is
withdrawn.
Note. Clause 13 of the Road Transport (General) Regulation
2005 provides for appeals to the Local Court in relation to a
decision of the Authority to refuse to issue an examiner’s authority or
a proprietor’s authority or to suspend or cancel such an
authority.
(3) Despite subclause (2), if the Authority has reason to suspect that
the holder of an authority has wilfully failed to comply with any rule in
force under this Subdivision and is likely to commit further breaches of those
rules, the decision of the Authority to suspend or cancel the authority may be
expressed, in the instrument by which the holder is notified of the decision,
to be effective on and from the date on which the holder is notified, and the
decision has effect accordingly.
(4) The date on which a holder is notified under this clause
is:(a) if the notice is sent by mail—the date when the notice would
be delivered in the ordinary course of post, or
(b) if the notice is delivered to the holder personally—the date
when it is so delivered.
(5) If the decision of the Authority to suspend or cancel an authority
has effect, the holder must immediately deliver to the Authority any forms
issued by the Authority in connection with the authority together with the
authority itself.
Division 4 Component identification numbers
65 Definitions
In this Division:component
identification number, when used in relation to a part of a
registrable vehicle, means the number and any accompanying letters or symbols
stamped on or otherwise affixed to that part as a means of identifying the
part (but does not include any casting number or any number used as a means of
identifying a class of parts for manufacturing purposes).
vehicle
part of a registrable vehicle means:
(a) the engine of the vehicle, or
(b) the engine block of the vehicle, or
(c) in relation to a motor vehicle other than a motor bike—the
chassis, chassis sub-frame or body of the vehicle, or
(d) in relation to a motor bike—the frame or the crankcase of
the motor bike.
66 Allotment of component identification numbers
(1) The Authority may allot an engine number for a vehicle part of a
registrable vehicle if:(a) there is no component identification number on the vehicle part of
the vehicle or the component identification number of any such part appears to
have been altered, defaced, removed or obliterated, and
(b) the Authority is satisfied that such a number is necessary for the
purpose of identifying the vehicle part.
(2) The Authority may, by notice in writing, require the registered
operator of any such vehicle to have the number it has allotted to the vehicle
part concerned stamped on the part in such a position as the Authority may
specify in the notice.
67 Altering component identification numbers of vehicle parts
without authority
(1) A person (other than a manufacturer) must not, without the written
authority of the Authority and except in accordance with this Part, stamp or
affix (or cause or permit any other person to stamp or affix) any component
identification number on or to a vehicle part or a registrable
vehicle.
(2) A person must not alter, deface, remove or obliterate any
component identification number stamped on or otherwise affixed to a vehicle
part of a registrable vehicle otherwise than in accordance with this
Part.
(3) A person must not possess a vehicle part of a registrable vehicle
knowing that the component identification number stamped on or otherwise
affixed to the part has been altered, defaced, removed or obliterated
otherwise than in accordance with this Part.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
68 Change or replacement of vehicle part
Any person who changes or replaces a vehicle part of a registrable
vehicle must:(a) notify the Authority of such change or replacement within 14 days
of the change or replacement, and
(b) specify the following in the notification:(i) the date of the change or replacement,
(ii) the registration number, if any, of the
vehicle,
(iii) the name and address of each registered operator of the
vehicle,
(iv) the make and component identification number of the vehicle part
removed from the vehicle,
(v) the make and component identification number of the vehicle part
substituted for the original vehicle part,
(vi) the name and address of the person from whom the substituted
vehicle part was obtained, and
(c) retain a copy of the notification in the person’s possession
for a period of 6 months, and
(d) produce a copy of any such notification for inspection if
requested to do so by any police officer or the
Authority.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
69 Interference with component identification
number
The registered operator of a vehicle may, if authorised in writing
by the Authority, alter, deface, remove or obliterate any component
identification number stamped on or otherwise affixed to a vehicle part of the
vehicle.
Division 5 Vehicle defect notices
70 Issue of defect notices and formal warnings
(1) A vehicle defect notice may be stated to be:(a) a major vehicle defect notice if, in the reasonable opinion of the
person issuing the notice, the further use of the registrable vehicle in road
transport after the time specified in the notice would constitute an imminent
and serious safety risk, or
(b) a minor vehicle defect notice if, in the reasonable opinion of the
person issuing the notice, deficiencies in the registrable vehicle, if allowed
to continue after the time specified in the notice, may:(i) constitute a safety risk, or
(ii) hinder the ability of a person to identify the vehicle by
reference to its number-plates.
Note. Section 26 of the Act provides that a police officer or the
Authority may issue a vehicle defect notice.Safety
risk is defined in the Dictionary to mean danger to a person, to
property or to the environment.
(2) A vehicle defect notice must state:(a) the registrable vehicle’s registration details including the
registration number, unregistered vehicle permit number (if practicable and
applicable), expiry date and jurisdiction of registration,
and
(b) the name of the driver of the registrable vehicle or, if the
driver is not present when the notice is issued, the term “registered
operator”, and
(c) to the extent practicable, the registrable vehicle’s
identification details including its VIN, or if there is no VIN, the chassis
number or engine number, its make and type, and
(d) the type of inspection conducted, and
(e) the details of the registrable vehicle’s defects and whether
the notice is a major vehicle defect notice or a minor vehicle defect notice,
and
(f) the time and date after which the registrable vehicle is not to be
used on a road or road related area, and
(g) the means by which the registrable vehicle must be moved to
another location following issue of the vehicle defect notice,
and
(h) the repair requirement, including the date by which repairs must
be completed if the vehicle is to be used on a road or road related area,
and
(i) whether a penalty notice was also served in relation to the defect
at that time, and
(j) the name, official number or other identification of the person
who issued the notice.
(3) A person who issues a vehicle defect notice, must:(a) in the case of a registrable vehicle the driver of which is
present—give the notice to the driver, and
(b) in the case of a registrable vehicle that is
unattended—cause the vehicle defect notice to be affixed to the vehicle,
and
(c) in the case of a major defect notice—cause a defective
vehicle label to be affixed to the registrable
vehicle.
(4) A driver of a registrable vehicle (other than a registered
operator of the vehicle) who is given a vehicle defect notice in accordance
with subclause (3) must cause the notice to be sent to a registered operator
of the vehicle.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(5) A defective vehicle label must state:(a) the registrable vehicle’s registration number,
and
(b) the time and date after which the registrable vehicle is not to be
used on a road or road related area, and
(c) the means by which the registrable vehicle must be moved to
another location following issue of the vehicle defect notice to which the
label relates, and
(d) the name, official number or other identification of the person
who issued the notice, and
(e) the date of issue of the label, and
(f) the serial number of the defect notice to which the label
relates.
(6) If a person who is entitled to issue a vehicle defect notice
considers that deficiencies in a registrable vehicle should be remedied even
though they do not constitute a safety risk or hinder the ability of a person
to identify the vehicle by reference to its number-plates, the person
may:(a) in the case of a registrable vehicle where the driver is
present—give the driver a formal written warning,
and
(b) in the case of a registrable vehicle that is
unattended—cause the formal written warning to be affixed to the
vehicle.
(7) A driver of a registrable vehicle who is given a formal written
warning in accordance with subclause (6) must cause the warning to be sent to
a registered operator of the vehicle.Maximum penalty (subclause (7)): 20 penalty
units.
71 Recording, clearance and withdrawal of vehicle defect
notices
(1) If a vehicle defect notice is issued under the Act, the Authority
must record in the Register in relation to the vehicle:(a) the serial number of the notice, and
(b) the date (if any) shown on the notice for the clearance of the
vehicle unless that date is later than the date of any recorded certificate of
inspection.
(2) The Authority may conduct or require to be conducted an inspection
for the purposes of considering whether the defects described in a vehicle
defect notice have been rectified and that the registrable vehicle does not
have any other defects.
(2A) The Authority may require a registered operator of a registrable
vehicle that is inspected pursuant to this clause to pay the applicable fee
for the inspection.
(3) A vehicle defect notice may be cleared by the Authority or an
authorised person.
(4) For the purposes of this Regulation, a vehicle defect notice is
cleared when:(a) the Authority receives evidence, in a form approved by the
Authority, that the registrable vehicle is no longer defective,
and
(b) in the case of a major defect notice—the Authority causes
the defective vehicle label to be defaced or removed from the registrable
vehicle.
(5) A person must not deface or remove a defective vehicle label
unless authorised to do so by the Authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) On the vehicle defect notice being cleared, the Authority must
make a record in the Register to the effect that the notice has been
cleared.
(7) A person who issues a vehicle defect notice may withdraw that
notice at any time and must cause:(a) notice of the withdrawal to be sent to the person to whom the
notice was issued, and
(b) a record to be made in the Register to the effect that the vehicle
defect notice has been withdrawn.
Division 6 Accreditation schemes
72 Application for accreditation
(1) A registered operator of a heavy vehicle may apply to the
Authority to be accredited under a Maintenance Management Accreditation
Scheme.
(2) A registered operator of a hire trailer that is a heavy vehicle
may apply to the Authority to be accredited under the Hire Trailer Maintenance
Management Accreditation Scheme established by the
Authority.
(3) An application for accreditation must be in a form approved by the
Authority and be accompanied by the applicable fee.
73 Accreditation under scheme
(1) The Authority may accredit a registered operator under an
accreditation scheme in relation to one or more nominated vehicles, if the
Authority is satisfied that:(a) the operator is of suitable character and is competent to carry
out the operator’s responsibilities under the scheme,
and
(b) the nominated vehicles comply with the requirements of the
scheme.
(2) An accreditation may be issued conditionally or unconditionally,
as the Authority considers appropriate, in relation to the
scheme.
(3) The Authority may refuse to accredit a registered operator if the
Authority is not satisfied that the registered operator, or the relevant
nominated vehicles, meet the requirements of the
scheme.
(4) An accreditation has a duration of either 2 or 3 years, as may be
specified in the instrument of accreditation.
74 Accreditation label
(1) If the Authority accredits a registered operator under an
accreditation scheme, every nominated vehicle under that accreditation must be
affixed with an accreditation label in the form and manner specified by the
Authority.
(2) If a registered operator’s accreditation under the scheme is
suspended or cancelled, the registered operator must:(a) remove the accreditation labels from each nominated vehicle,
and
(b) return the labels, the accreditation certificate and any other
material issued to the registered operator in connection with the Scheme to
the Authority,
as soon as practicable after the suspension or cancellation takes
effect.Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): 20 penalty
units.
75 Variation, suspension and cancellation of
accreditation
(1) Subject to this clause, the Authority may vary, suspend or cancel
a registered operator’s accreditation under an accreditation scheme,
if:(a) the Authority is, for any reason, of the opinion that the
registered operator is not a fit and proper person to continue to be
accredited, or
(b) the registered operator has failed to comply with a condition of
the accreditation, or
(c) a nominated vehicle of the registered operator does not comply
with any requirement of the scheme, or
(d) a review of the registered operator’s activities reveals
non-compliance with any requirement of the scheme, or
(e) the registered operator notifies the Authority that the registered
operator wishes his or her accreditation under the scheme to be
cancelled.
(2) Before varying, suspending or cancelling a registered
operator’s accreditation under an accreditation scheme on a ground
referred to in subclause (1) (a)–(d), the Authority must give the
registered operator notice in writing that advises the registered operator
of:(a) the proposed decision and the reasons for it,
and
(b) the registered operator’s right to a review of the decision
by one or more officers of the Authority appointed for the purpose (an internal
review), and
(c) the registered operator’s right, after an internal review is
finalised, to appeal against the decision to a court or to seek a review by a
tribunal, as the case may be, andNote. Clause 28 (1) (a) of the Road Transport (General) Regulation
2005 provides for appeals to the Local Court in relation to a
decision of the Authority to vary, suspend or cancel a registered
operator’s accreditation under an accreditation
scheme.
(d) if the proposed decision relates to a ground referred to in
subclause (1) (b), (c) or (d)—the action to be taken by the registered
operator to avoid the variation, suspension or cancellation and the date by
which such action must be taken, and
(e) the date that the proposed decision will take
effect.
(3) A variation, suspension or cancellation takes effect:(a) in the case of a variation, suspension or cancellation on a ground
referred to in subclause (1) (a)–(d)—on the date specified under
subclause (2) (e) unless the registered operator takes the action specified in
subclause (2) (d) by the date specified under that paragraph,
and
(b) in the case of a cancellation on the ground referred to in
subclause (1) (e)—on the date specified in the notice from the Authority
notifying the registered operator that the registered operator’s
accreditation has been cancelled.
(4) However:(a) an application for an internal review of a decision to vary,
suspend or cancel an accreditation that is duly lodged in accordance with this
Division operates as a stay of the decision pending the determination of the
review, and
(b) a notice of appeal against, or an application for review by a
tribunal of, a decision to cancel an accreditation that is duly lodged in
accordance with regulations made under the Road Transport (General) Act 2005
operates as a stay of the decision pending the determination of the appeal or
review.
76 Internal review of variation, suspension or cancellation
of accreditation
(1) Any registered operator aggrieved by a decision of the Authority
to vary, suspend or cancel the registered operator’s accreditation under
an accreditation scheme may apply for an internal review of the decision under
this clause (internal
review).
(2) An application for an internal review is:(a) to be in writing in the form approved by the Authority,
and
(b) to specify an address in Australia to which a notice under
subclause (7) may be sent, and
(c) to be lodged with the Authority within 28 days after the
registered operator was given the notice in accordance with this Division of
the decision to vary, suspend or cancel the operator’s accreditation,
and
(d) to comply with such other requirements as may be set out in the
approved form in respect of the making of applications for internal
reviews.
(3) An application for an internal review is to be dealt with by an
officer or a panel of two or more officers of the Authority (other than the
officer who made the original decision) who are directed to do so by the
Authority (the internal review
officer or panel).
(4) In reviewing a decision, the internal review officer or panel is
to consider any relevant material submitted by the registered
operator.
(5) Following the internal review of the decision, the internal review
officer or panel may:(a) confirm the decision, or
(b) vary the decision, or
(c) set aside the decision and make an alternative
decision.
(6) In exercising a function under this clause, an internal review
officer or panel is taken to have the functions of the officer who made the
decision being reviewed.
(7) As soon as practicable (and in any event within 28 days) after the
completion of an internal review of a decision, the Authority must notify the
registered operator in writing of:(a) the outcome of the internal review, and
(b) the reasons for the decision in the internal review,
and
(c) the registered operator’s right to appeal against the
decision to a court or to seek a review by a tribunal as the case may
be.Note. Clause 28 (1) (a) of the Road Transport (General) Regulation
2005 provides for appeals to the Local Court in relation to a
decision of the Authority to vary, suspend or cancel a registered
operator’s accreditation under an accreditation
scheme.
(8) If the Authority does not notify the registered operator of the
outcome of the review within 28 days after the application for the internal
review has been lodged (or such other period as the Authority and registered
operator have agreed on), the decision being reviewed is taken to be
confirmed.
(9) An internal review is taken to be finalised if:(a) the registered operator is notified of the outcome of the review
under subclause (7), or
(b) the decision being reviewed is taken to be confirmed under
subclause (8).
(10) A person is not entitled to a review under this clause of any
decision previously reviewed under this clause.
Part 5A Certification of vehicles
Division 1 Preliminary
76AA Definitions
In this Part:certifier’s
licence or licence means a
certifier’s licence in force under this Part.
compliance
certificate means a certificate issued in accordance with this
Part.
inspect a
vehicle includes test a vehicle.
licensed
certifier means a person who holds a certifier’s
licence.
modification of a vehicle
includes the addition of components to, or the removal of components from, the
vehicle.
Division 2 Significantly modified vehicles
76AB Significant modifications to vehicles
(1) The Authority may declare a modification, or class of
modifications, to a vehicle to be modifications to which this Division
applies.
(2) A declaration is to be made by order published in the Gazette and
may be made only if the Authority is of the opinion that any such modification
may pose a risk of harm to any person or affect the safe operation of a
vehicle.
76AC Modified vehicles not to be used unless
certified
(1) A person must not use a vehicle on a road or road related area and
the registered operator or owner of the vehicle must not permit the vehicle to
be used in such a way if the vehicle has had a modification to which this
Division applies.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) A person does not commit an offence under subclause (1) if a
compliance certificate has been issued in respect of the modification or in
respect of the whole vehicle as modified and any such certificate has not been
cancelled.
Division 3 Compliance certificates
76AD Compliance certificate may be issued
(1) A licensed certifier may issue a compliance certificate in a form
approved by the Authority to the registered operator of a vehicle (or, if the
vehicle is unregistered, to the owner of the
vehicle).
(2) A licensed certifier must not issue a compliance certificate in
respect of a vehicle unless the certifier:(a) holds a licence that permits the certifier to issue the particular
compliance certificate, and
(b) has inspected the vehicle and has decided that:(i) the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle standards,
or
(ii) the particular modification to the vehicle to which the
certificate relates does not cause the vehicle to fail to comply with the
applicable vehicle standards.
(3) A licensed certifier must not issue a compliance certificate if
the certifier knows, or ought reasonably to suspect, that the certificate is
false or misleading in a material particular.
(4) A licensed certifier must pay to the Authority, within the time
specified by the Authority, the applicable fee for each compliance certificate
issued under this clause.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
76AE Authority may cancel compliance certificate
(1) The Authority may, by notice in writing given to a registered
operator of a vehicle (or, if the vehicle is unregistered, to the owner of the
vehicle), cancel a compliance certificate that relates to the vehicle if, in
the opinion of the Authority:(a) the certificate was issued fraudulently, incorrectly or
negligently, or
(b) the certificate is no longer relevant owing to subsequent
modifications to the vehicle, or
(c) the vehicle no longer complies with the applicable vehicle
standards.
(2) The compliance certificate is cancelled at the time the notice is
given or, if a later time is specified in the notice, at that later
time.
76AF Person may drive vehicle for purpose of compliance
certificate
A person does not commit an offence under clause 52 (Registrable
vehicles to comply with vehicle standards specified in Schedule 2), 76AC
(Modified vehicles not to be used unless certified) or the registration
provisions (within the meaning of Schedule 1) in respect of a vehicle that is
being driven:(a) to a licensed certifier for the purpose of obtaining a compliance
certificate by the most direct and convenient route, or
(b) in the course of the inspection of the vehicle by a licensed
certifier, or
(c) from any such inspection by the most direct and convenient route
to the nearest place where work can be carried out on the vehicle to enable it
to meet the applicable vehicle standards, but only if the driver of the
vehicle has written notice from the licensed certifier who inspected the
vehicle that the vehicle does not pose an imminent risk to road
safety.
Division 4 Licensing of certifiers
76AG Definition
In this Division:vary a
licence includes imposing or revoking conditions to which the
licence is subject or varying such conditions.
76AH Applications with respect to licences
(1) An individual may apply to the Authority for a certifier’s
licence or for the renewal or variation of such a
licence.
(2) An application must:(a) be made in the manner and form approved by the Authority,
and
(b) be supported by any information required by the Authority,
and
(c) be accompanied by the applicable fee for the particular
application, and
(d) in the case of an application for a renewal or variation of a
licence, be made during the term of the existing
licence.
(3) The Authority is to decide an application by approving or refusing
the application.
(4) The Authority may, at its discretion, refuse an application on any
ground.
(5) The Authority must refuse an application for a licence or an
application for a renewal of a licence if it is of the opinion that a person
is not competent, or is not a fit and proper person, to hold a
licence.
(6) The Authority must give notice in writing to the applicant of its
decision including, if the Authority decides to issue or renew a licence, the
term of the licence.
(7) If the Authority refuses an application the notice must specify
the reasons for the refusal.
76AI Licences
(1) A certifier’s licence is to be issued in the manner and form
approved by the Authority and may be issued unconditionally or subject to
conditions.
(2) The term of a licence (unless cancelled or surrendered sooner) is
the term of 1 year or such other period as may be specified by the
Authority.
(3) The Authority may, by notice in writing to the holder of a
licence, cancel or suspend the licence or vary the licence or the term of the
licence:(a) if the holder has failed to comply with this Part, including any
condition to which the licence may be subject under this Part,
or
(b) if the holder is not, in the opinion of the Authority, competent
to hold the licence, or
(c) if the holder is not, in the opinion of the Authority, a fit and
proper person to hold the licence, or
(d) at its discretion on any other ground.
(4) A variation, suspension or cancellation takes effect at the time
the notice is given or, if a later time is specified in the notice, at that
later time.
(5) The holder of a licence must not breach a condition of the
licence.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) The holder of a licence may surrender the licence at any time by
notice in writing to the Authority.
76AJ Consultation before making certain decisions
(1) This clause applies to the following decisions of the Authority
under this Part:(a) a decision to suspend or cancel a licence,
(b) a decision to refuse an application to renew a
licence,
(c) a decision to impose or vary a condition on a particular licence
(rather than on all licences).
(2) Before the Authority makes a decision to which this clause
applies, the Authority must:(a) give the person concerned notice in writing of the grounds for the
proposed decision, and
(b) request in that notice that the person make a written submission,
within 21 days, with respect to the proposed decision, and
(c) take into account any submission received from the person within
that 21-day period.
76AK Immediate suspensions
(1) The Authority may suspend a licence immediately (an immediate
suspension) without complying with clause 76AJ if the Authority is
proposing to cancel the licence because it is of the opinion that the holder
of the licence:(a) has wilfully failed to comply with any requirement of this Part,
including any condition to which the licence may be subject under this Part,
or
(b) poses a risk to road safety if he or she continues to hold the
licence.
(2) After it imposes an immediate suspension, the Authority must, in
respect of the proposed cancellation of the licence:(a) give notice under clause 76AJ within 14 days,
and
(b) make its final decision within 35 days after giving that notice
(the specified
period).
(3) An immediate suspension remains in force with respect to a
licence:(a) if the Authority decides, within the specified period, to cancel
the licence—until the licence is cancelled or, if the decision to cancel
the licence is the subject of an appeal, until the Court overturns the
decision or orders that the suspension should no longer remain in force,
or
(b) if the Authority decides, within the specified period, not to
cancel the licence—until that decision is made, or
(c) if the Authority makes no decision within the specified
period—until the end of that specified
period.
76AL Record keeping requirements
(1) The holder of a licence must keep a record of the following in
respect of each inspection undertaken for the purposes of this Part:(a) the following identification details of the vehicle on which the
inspection was carried out:(i) the registration number of the vehicle (if
issued),
(ii) the vehicle identifier of the vehicle,
(iii) the make and model of the vehicle,
(iv) the build date or compliance date of the
vehicle,
(b) a record of the methods and calculations used during the
inspection,
(c) the results of the inspection,
(d) a record of any compliance certificate issued as a result of the
inspection.
(2) A person who is required to keep a record under this clause must
keep the record for at least 7 years after it is
made.
(3) A person who is required to keep a record under this clause must
produce the record to the Authority or an authorised person when required to
do so by the Authority or an authorised person.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
76AM Insurance
(1) In this clause:required
insurance, in respect of a person, means professional indemnity
insurance and public liability insurance that:
(a) indemnify the person against any liability to pay compensatory
damages arising from any act or omission of the person in the exercise of the
functions of a licensed certifier under this Part, and
(b) satisfy any other requirements of the Authority that are set out
in an order of the Authority that is published in the Gazette for the purposes
of this clause.
(2) A licensed certifier must not hold out that the licensed certifier
is covered by the required insurance unless the licensed certifier is covered
by the required insurance.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) A person must be covered by:(a) the required insurance at all times that the person is a licensed
certifier, and
(b) the required insurance that is professional indemnity insurance
for at least 7 years after the person ceases to be a licensed
certifier.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) For the purposes of this section, a person is taken to be covered
by the required insurance if the person pays amounts specified by the
Authority, at such times as the Authority may direct, towards insurance cover
obtained by the Authority on behalf of the person.
(5) A licensed certifier’s licence is suspended:(a) at any time that the licensed certifier is not covered by the
required insurance, and
(b) if the licensed certifier is relying on the insurance obtained by
the Authority, at any time that there is an amount owing after the date
payment is required under subclause (4).
76AN Offence of holding out
(1) A person must not issue a document that purports to certify to the
registered operator or owner of a vehicle (for which a compliance certificate
is required before the vehicle may be driven on a road or road related area)
that the vehicle, or a modification to the vehicle, complies with the
applicable vehicle standards unless the document is a compliance
certificate.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) A person must not purport to issue a compliance certificate or
hold himself or herself out as a person who may issue such a certificate
unless the person is the holder of a licence and the licence permits the
person to issue the particular compliance certificate.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
76AO Service of notices under Part
The date on which a person other than a registered operator is
taken to have been given or served with a notice under this Part is:(a) if the notice is sent by mail—the fourth working day after
the notice was posted, or
(b) if the notice is delivered to the person personally—the date
when it is so delivered.
Note. Clause 7 of the Road Transport (General) Regulation
2005 makes similar provision in respect of notices given or
served on registered operators.
76AP Transitional provision—certificates issued under
old scheme
(1) Clause 76AN (1) does not apply to a document issued before 31
January 2012 in respect of a modification to a vehicle if the Authority is
satisfied that:(a) the person issuing the document was, immediately before 19
December 2011, authorised to certify such a modification in accordance with a
scheme approved by the Authority, and
(b) the person commenced his or her inspection of the modified vehicle
before 19 December 2011.
(2) A document referred to in subclause (1) is taken to be a
compliance certificate for the purposes of clause 76AC if it is provided to
the Authority by the registered operator of the motor vehicle to which the
document relates, no later than 19 June 2012 (or such later date as may be
permitted by the Authority in any particular case).
Part 6 Charges, fees and refunds
Division 1 Preliminary
76A Definitions
In this Part:civil
defence work means the work of dealing with an emergency as defined
in section 4 of the State Emergency and
Rescue Management Act 1989.
government-owned
vehicle means a vehicle owned by the Crown or by a statutory body
representing the Crown.
76B (Repealed)
Division 2 Calculation of registration charges for chargeable
heavy vehicles
76C Annual registration charges for chargeable heavy
vehicles
(1) For the purposes of section 17A of the Act, the amount payable as
the annual registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle is to be
calculated in accordance with the provisions of Schedule
4.
(2) A heavy vehicle must be registered as an individual vehicle or a
towing unit in a category under Schedule 4.
76D Calculation of refund of registration charges for heavy
vehicles on cancellation of registration
(1) For the purposes of section 17L (2) (b) of the Act, a refund of a
registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle is to be calculated in
accordance with this clause.
(2) A refund is to be calculated using the formula:
where:
charge means the
registration charge paid under Part 2A of the Act.
fee means
the unpaid fees payable under the Act or this Regulation (including any unpaid
fee for the cancellation of the registration).
number of
days means the number of unexpired days of the registration period,
from the date on which the Authority cancels the registration of the
vehicle.
(3) If an amount of refund determined in accordance with subclause (2)
would comprise an amount that is not a whole number of dollars, the amount of
refund is to be adjusted downwards to the next whole number of
dollars.
76DA Refund of certain registration charges paid during
2012–2013 financial year
(1) The Authority may refund the whole or part of the registration
charges for a chargeable heavy vehicle paid during the 2012–2013
financial year if:(a) the charges were paid before 1 September 2012,
and
(b) the Authority is satisfied that, as a result of the current use of
the vehicle, it would be wholly or partially exempt from registration charges
under clause 76JA if its registration were renewed.
(2) The amount to be refunded under subclause (1) is to be calculated
by reference to the same percentages or amounts of the registration charges
from which the chargeable heavy vehicle would be exempt under clause 76JA if
its registration were renewed.
Division 3 Exemptions from registration charges for
chargeable heavy vehicles
76E Exemption for eligible pensioners
(1) A chargeable heavy vehicle that is owned solely by an eligible
pensioner, or jointly owned by 2 or more eligible pensioners only, is exempt
from registration charges if:(a) it is not used in the course of any trade, business or profession
or let out for hire, and
(b) it is used solely or principally by the pensioner or pensioners,
and
(c) it is used substantially for social or domestic purposes or for
pleasure, and
(d) it is a vehicle or a vehicle of a class or description of vehicles
approved for the time being by the Authority.
(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), an eligible pensioner is
entitled to an exemption from registration charges in respect of one
chargeable heavy vehicle only.
(3) An eligible pensioner is entitled to an exemption from
registration charges in respect of 2 chargeable heavy vehicles if the
pensioner and another eligible pensioner are the joint registered owners of
the vehicles and the pensioners are married to each other or are de facto
partners, or reside in the same household.Note. “De facto partner” is defined in section 21C of the
Interpretation Act
1987.
(4) (Repealed)
76F Exemption for civil defence vehicles
(1) A chargeable heavy vehicle (other than a government-owned vehicle)
that, while on a road or road related area, is used solely for or in
connection with civil defence work and is registered in the name of a body
controlling that work is exempt from registration
charges.
(2) The Minister may grant an exemption or partial exemption from
registration charges in respect of any other chargeable heavy vehicle (other
than a government-owned vehicle) that, while on a road or road related area,
is used solely for or in connection with civil defence
work.
76G Exemption for vehicles used for mine rescue
work
A chargeable heavy vehicle (other than a government-owned vehicle)
specially constructed to carry out mine rescue work for the purposes of the
Coal Industry Act 2001 is
exempt from registration charges.
76H Exemption for vehicles with trader’s
plates
A chargeable heavy vehicle on which a trader’s plate is
being used in accordance with the Act is exempt from registration
charges.
76I Exemption for vehicles exempted from
registration
A chargeable heavy vehicle that is exempted from registration is
exempt from registration charges.
76J Exemptions granted by Minister
(1) The Minister may grant an exemption or partial exemption from
registration charges in respect of a chargeable heavy vehicle (other than a
government-owned vehicle) for which there is no other provision for exemption
or partial exemption under this Division if the vehicle:(a) is, in the Minister’s opinion, used solely or principally as
an ambulance, and
(b) is used by or on behalf of a non-profit organisation having as one
of its objects a charitable, benevolent, philanthropic or patriotic
purpose.
(2) The Minister may grant an exemption or partial exemption from
registration charges in respect of a chargeable heavy vehicle for which there
is no other provision for exemption (other than partial exemption) under this
Division if the vehicle is registered conditionally under this
Regulation.
76JA Exemptions relating to certain types of converter dolly
and small operators
(1) A chargeable heavy vehicle that is a tri-axle converter dolly is
exempt from any registration charges for the
vehicle.
(2) A chargeable heavy vehicle that is a tandem axle converter dolly
is exempt from registration charges for the vehicle to the extent of an amount
that is equivalent to 50 percent of those registration
charges.
(3) A chargeable heavy vehicle that is a non-converter dolly trailer
(the current
trailer) is exempt from registration charges for the trailer to the
extent of the exempt amount for that trailer if, at the time of its
registration, the registered operator of the current trailer is also the
registered operator of:(a) only one hauling unit, and one (but not more than 4) other
non-converter dolly trailers, that are registered at the same time as the
current trailer or were previously registered in the current financial year,
or
(b) only 2 hauling units, and 2 (but not more than 4) other
non-converter dolly trailers, that are registered at the same time as the
current trailer or were previously registered in the current financial
year.
(4) The exempt amount for a
current trailer for the purposes of the exemption under subclause (3)
is:(a) if the registered operator of the current trailer has previously
paid lesser registration charges in the current financial year for one or more
other non-converter dolly trailers and there was no entitlement to claim the
exemption for any of those earlier registered trailers—an amount
equivalent to 50 percent of the amount of the lowest registration charges paid
for an earlier registered trailer, or
(b) in any other case—an amount that is equivalent to 50 percent
of the registration charges for the current
trailer.
(5) The exemption provided by subclause (3) only applies in relation
to registration charges payable for the registration of a chargeable heavy
vehicle for a period of 12 months.
(6) A term or expression used in this clause that is defined for the
purposes of Schedule 4 has the same meaning as in that
Schedule.
(7) In this clause:non-converter
dolly trailer means a trailer other than a converter
dolly.
tandem axle
converter dolly means a trailer with 2 axles and a fifth wheel
coupling designed to convert a semi trailer into a dog trailer.
tri-axle converter
dolly means a trailer with 3 axles and a fifth wheel coupling
designed to convert a semi trailer into a dog
trailer.
Division 4 Miscellaneous
77 Fees
(1) The following fees are payable under this Regulation:(a) fees prescribed by Schedule 3 for the various matters set out in
that Schedule,
(b) fees fixed by the Authority under subclause
(2),
(c) fees set by the Authority under clause 20 (Special
number-plates).
(2) The Authority may with the approval of the Minister fix fees to be
payable for or in connection with any service provided by the Authority under
the Act or this Regulation except any service for which a fee is prescribed by
Schedule 3.Note. These fees are fixed under section 8 (1) (k) of the Act. Section 8
(2) of the Act requires these fees to be published in the
Gazette.
(3) Subclause (2) does not apply to fees set by the Authority under
clause 20.
78 Refunds of fees
(1) The Authority may make a partial refund of any applicable fee paid
in respect of a registrable vehicle if:(a) the Authority approves an application for the surrender of the
registration of the vehicle, or
(b) the Authority cancels the registration of the vehicle and
notification of that cancellation has been received by a registered
operator.
(2) For the purposes of subclause (1), a partial refund is to be
calculated using the formula:
where:
number of
days is the number of unexpired whole days of the registration
period of the vehicle, from the date on which the Authority approves an
application for surrender made under clause 40 or cancels the registration of
the vehicle concerned.
period of
registration is the total number of whole days in the period for
which the vehicle is registered.
fee is the
amount of the applicable fee.
(3) The Authority may refund (in whole or in part) any applicable fee
paid (whether before or after the commencement of this subclause) by an
applicant under clause 10 if the Authority is of the opinion that:(a) the applicant was the registered operator of a registrable vehicle
that was destroyed or rendered beyond repair as a consequence of damage caused
to the vehicle by an occurrence that gave rise to an emergency,
and
(b) the vehicle to which the application related was a replacement for
the damaged vehicle, and
(c) in the circumstances of the case it would be appropriate to refund
the fee.
(4) The Authority may deduct from a refund of an applicable fee the
amount of any unpaid fees incurred in respect of the
vehicle.
(5) If an amount of refund determined in accordance with subclause (2)
would comprise an amount that is not a whole number of dollars, the amount of
refund is to be adjusted downwards to the next whole number of
dollars.
(6) In this clause:emergency has the same
meaning as it has in clause 10.
79 (Repealed)
80 Exemption for eligible pensioners
(1) A registrable vehicle that is owned solely by an eligible
pensioner or jointly owned by 2 or more eligible pensioners is exempt from an
administrative fee only if:(a) it is not used in the course of any trade, business or profession
or let out for hire, and
(b) it is used solely or principally by the pensioner or pensioners,
and
(c) it is used substantially for social or domestic purposes or for
pleasure, and
(d) it is a vehicle or a vehicle of a class or description of vehicles
approved for the time being by the Authority.
(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), an eligible pensioner is
entitled to an exemption from administrative fees in respect of one vehicle
only.
(3) An eligible pensioner is entitled to an exemption from
administrative fees in respect of 2 vehicles if the pensioner and another
eligible pensioner are the joint registered operators of the vehicles and the
pensioners are married to each other or are de facto partners, or reside in
the same household.
(4) In this clause:administrative
fee means an applicable fee for the registration or renewal of
registration of an eligible pensioner’s registrable
vehicle.
81 Refund of number-plate fees
The Authority may, in any case or class of cases that the
Authority thinks it appropriate to do so, waive, reduce or refund (in whole or
in part) any applicable fee payable or paid for or in connection with the
issue, allocation, setting aside, reservation, transfer or replacement of a
number-plate.
82 (Repealed)
83 Exemption, waiver or refund of accreditation scheme
application fee
The Authority may, for such reason as the Authority considers
sufficient, exempt a person from the applicable fee for an application to be
accredited under an accreditation scheme, or waive or wholly or partly refund
a fee that would be otherwise payable or has been paid in respect of such an
application.
Part 6A Written-off vehicles
Division 1 Preliminary
83A Definitions
In this Part:identification
details, in relation to a vehicle, means the following:
(a) whether the vehicle is a motor car, motor lorry, motor bike or
trailer,
(b) the registration number of the vehicle (if
issued),
(c) the vehicle identifier of the vehicle,
(d) the make and model of the vehicle,
(e) the shape of the vehicle,
(f) the colour of the vehicle,
(g) the variant of the vehicle,
(h) the build date or compliance date of the
vehicle,
(i) the engine capacity of the vehicle,
(j) the number of cylinders of the vehicle’s
engine,
(k) the motive power of the vehicle,
(l) the tare weight of the vehicle.
motor
bike includes a motor trike.
motor
car means a motor vehicle (except a motor bike) that is constructed
principally for the conveyance of persons.
personal
details of a person means all of the following:
(a) the name and address of the person,
(b) the telephone and facsimile numbers (if any) of the person (unless
the information is provided to the Authority
electronically),
(c) if the person has a customer number issued to it by the Authority
and the information is provided to the Authority in paper form—the
customer number of the person,
(d) if the person is notifying the information on behalf of someone
else and does not have a customer number or does not provide the information
in paper form—the driver licence number of the
person.
registration number
of a vehicle includes, in the case of a vehicle the registration of which has
expired or been suspended or cancelled, the registration number of the vehicle
immediately before its registration expired or was suspended or
cancelled.
relevant
technical specifications in relation to a vehicle means the
standards and methods of repair required to be met by a law of this State for
vehicles of that type and:
(a) the standards and methods of repair documented by the manufacturer
of vehicles of that type, to the extent that they are relevant to ensuring the
structural integrity and safety of the vehicle, or
(b) where the manufacturer’s documentation is unavailable, the
standards and methods of repair recognised in the industry for vehicles of
that type.
vehicle
damage details, in relation to a vehicle, means the
following:
(a) whether the damage to the vehicle was caused by hail, water,
impact, fire or stripping,
(b) the location and severity of the damage to the vehicle described
by reference to the codes or terms that are approved by the Authority from
time to time.
83B Meaning of “written-off vehicle”
For the purposes of paragraph (f) of the definition of written-off vehicle
in section 16B (3) of the Act a notifiable vehicle that has been assessed, in
a vehicle damage assessment, as not being a total loss is prescribed
if:(a) the vehicle has non-repairable damage and the insurer has decided
not to repair the vehicle, or
(b) the insurer has decided not to repair the vehicle and intends to
sell, or has sold, the vehicle to a person other than the registered operator
of the vehicle at the time the vehicle sustained the damage that resulted in
it being presented for the vehicle damage
assessment.
Division 2 Non-repairable damage
83C Non-repairable damage—vehicles other than motor
bikes or trailers
(1) For the purposes of the definition of non-repairable
damage in section 16A of the Act, the following are prescribed in
respect of a vehicle (other than a motor bike or trailer):(a) as a result of a fire, the vehicle has sustained a combination of
damage to the exterior parts and interior parts of the
vehicle,
(b) as a result of a fire, the paint on the vehicle has blistered on 3
or more of the primary structural features,
(c) the vehicle’s occupant cabin has been inundated with water
(whether fresh or salt water) to a level exceeding the level of the inner door
sill,
(d) the vehicle has been stripped of interior or exterior parts,
panels or components or of a combination of interior and exterior parts,
panels and components,
(e) the vehicle has damage to both longitudinal structural rails such
that they require original equipment manufacture replacement, that is a
replacement part that is:(i) manufactured by the manufacturer of the vehicle to which it is
being fitted, or
(ii) manufactured for the manufacturer of the vehicle to which it is
being fitted, or
(iii) endorsed for use by the manufacturer of the vehicle to which it is
being fitted,
(f) the vehicle has excessive structural
damage.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a vehicle has excessive
structural damage if 3 or more of the following damage indicators
are present in the vehicle:(a) any of the primary structural features of the vehicle has been
fractured or cut or has buckled or folded over onto itself (where damage to
each primary structural feature constitutes a separate damage
indicator),
(b) due to a collision, damage has been sustained in respect of a
suspension mount to the chassis or body of the vehicle, with each of the
following constituting a separate damage indicator:(i) if an independent suspension unit is damaged, damage to each
station,
(ii) if a live axle is damaged, damage to the suspension on that
axle,
(c) due to a collision, any or all of the following mechanical
components is cracked, deformed or broken:(i) the engine block,
(ii) the transmission case,
(iii) the differential case,
(iv) the axle housing,
(d) the deployment or activation of any or all of the supplementary
restraints (that is, airbags or seatbelt
pretensioners).
(3) For the purposes of calculating the number of damage indicators
present in a vehicle:(a) each incidence of damage to a pillar or longitudinal structural
rail or chassis is to be counted as a separate indicator,
and
(b) each different and separate area of damage to the floor pan or
firewall is to be counted as a separate indicator, and
(c) each incidence of structural damage to a suspension station is to
be counted as a separate indicator except in the case of live axles, which are
to be counted as a single indicator, and
(d) damage to any part of the roof is to be counted as a single
indicator, and
(e) damage to any or all of the mechanical components is to be counted
as a single indicator, and
(f) deployment or activation of any or all of the supplementary
restraints (that is, airbags or seatbelt pretensioners) is to be counted as a
single indicator.
(4) In this clause:primary structural
feature of a vehicle means any of the following:
(a) the roof,
(b) a pillar,
(c) the floor pan,
(d) a firewall,
(e) longitudinal structural rails or the
chassis.
83CA Non-repairable damage—motor bikes
For the purposes of the definition of non-repairable
damage in section 16A of the Act, the following are prescribed in
respect of a motor bike:(a) the motor bike has been burnt to such an extent that it is fit
only for wrecking or scrap,
(b) the motor bike has been stripped of all, or a combination of most,
exterior body parts, panels and components (examples of which are the engine,
wheels, and guards),
(c) the motor bike has impact damage (excluding scratching) to the
suspension and 2 or more areas of structural frame damage,
(d) the motor bike has been fully immersed in salt water for any
period,
(e) the motor bike has been fully immersed in fresh water for more
than 48 hours.
83CB Non-repairable damage—trailers
(1) For the purposes of the definition of non-repairable
damage in section 16A of the Act, the following are prescribed in
respect of a trailer:(a) the trailer has been burnt to such an extent that it is fit only
for wrecking or scrap,
(b) the trailer has been stripped of all, or a combination of most,
interior and exterior body parts, panels and components,
(c) the trailer has impact damage (excluding scratching) to the
suspension and 1 or more areas of structural frame damage,
(d) in relation to a trailer that is not a skeleton-type trailer or
box trailer—the trailer has been fully immersed in salt water for any
period,
(e) in relation to a trailer that is not a skeleton-type trailer or
box trailer—the trailer has been fully immersed in fresh water for more
than 48 hours.
(2) In this clause:skeleton-type
trailer means a frame trailer that does not have a bottom or
sides.
Division 3 Authorisations to repair
83D Vehicles that are not eligible for the issue of
authorisation to repair
For the purposes of section 16D (1) (b) of the Act, every
notifiable vehicle other than the following is prescribed as a non-eligible
vehicle:(a) a hail-damaged vehicle,
(b) a vehicle that was inherited by the person seeking an
authorisation to repair the vehicle,
(c) a vehicle in respect of which the applicant for an authorisation
to repair the vehicle was a registered operator of the vehicle for more than
28 days before the date on which the vehicle sustained the damage that
resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage
assessment.
83E Eligibility to apply for an authorisation to
repair
For the purposes of section 16D (1) (c) of the Act, all persons
other than the following persons are prescribed as non-eligible persons in
relation to a vehicle:(a) the registered operator of the vehicle at the time the vehicle
sustained the damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage
assessment,
(b) any person who has inherited the vehicle from the person who was
the registered operator of the vehicle at the time the vehicle sustained the
damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage
assessment,
(c) any person who intends to use the vehicle only to participate in
motor sport activities approved by the Authority by order published in the
Gazette.
83F Term of authorisations to repair
(1) An authorisation to repair remains in force for 12 months after
its issue.
(2) The Authority may extend the term of an authorisation at any time
while it remains in force.
Division 4 Assessment of vehicles
83G Prescribed qualifications to carry out vehicle damage
assessments
(1) For the purposes of section 16I (1) (a) of the Act, the prescribed
training, qualifications and experience are all of the following:(a) the successful completion of an approved
course,
(b) the demonstrated ability to determine whether or not a vehicle has
suffered non-repairable damage,
(c) the demonstrated ability to apply each of the following:(i) the relevant technical specifications, and
(ii) the written-off vehicle repair guidelines published in the Gazette
by the Authority.
(2) In this clause:approved course
means:
(a) a training course in vehicle repair assessment provided by a
training provider accredited by the Australian Skills Quality Authority,
or
(b) a course that includes instruction on all of the following:(i) the sourcing and interpretation of the standards and methods of
repair documented by the manufacturers of vehicles or recognised in the
industry for vehicles,
(ii) the use of those standards and methods in the calculation of
repair costs,
(iii) the conduct of assessments of repairs in compliance with those
standards and methods,
(iv) the assessment of vehicle damage having regard to the types of
non-repairable damage that are prescribed by clause
83C.
83H Standards of repairs and repair methods
For the purposes of section 16J (b) of the Act, the standards of
repairs, and the repair methods, prescribed in relation to a vehicle are the
relevant technical specifications for the vehicle.
83I Records about vehicle damage assessments
(1) For the purposes of section 16M (1) (a) of the Act, the records
that an assessor must keep in relation to each vehicle damage assessment made
by or on behalf of the assessor are the following:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) details of the determination as to whether or not the vehicle has
suffered non-repairable damage, including the date on which the determination
was made,
(c) the name of the person who carried out the
assessment,
(d) the reasons why the person who carried out the assessment was
competent to do so,
(e) the sum for which the vehicle was insured,
(f) the market value of the vehicle and the basis for determining that
value,
(g) the assessed cost of repairs and details of how the cost of
repairs was determined, applying the relevant technical
specifications,
(h) if the vehicle is not repaired by the assessor—the assessed
salvage value of the vehicle and the basis for determining that
value.
(2) The Authority may, by notice in writing, exempt an assessor from
any requirement to keep records that are specified in the
notice.
Division 5 Notifications about written-off
vehicles
83J Notification of information about vehicles assessed as a
total loss
The following information is prescribed as the information that
must be provided under section 16L (1) of the Act to the Authority in respect
of each notifiable vehicle that is assessed as being a total loss in the
course of a vehicle damage assessment conducted by or on behalf of an
assessor:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the vehicle damage details relevant to the
vehicle,
(c) the date on which the vehicle was determined to be a total loss by
the assessor,
(d) the personal details of the assessor and, if the information is
notified by an agent of the insurer on behalf of the insurer, the personal
details of the notifier,
(e) the date on which the information is
provided.
83K Notification of information about vehicles not assessed
as a total loss
(1) This clause applies to a notifiable vehicle that has been
assessed, in a vehicle damage assessment, as not being a total loss if:(a) the vehicle has non-repairable damage and the insurer has decided
not to repair the vehicle, or
(b) the insurer has decided not to repair the vehicle and intends to
sell, or has sold, the vehicle to a person other than the registered operator
of the vehicle at the time the vehicle sustained the damage that resulted in
it being presented for a vehicle damage assessment.
(2) An insurer must ensure that the Authority is provided with the
following information concerning each notifiable vehicle to which this clause
applies within 7 days after the decision is made not to repair the vehicle and
before it is sold or disposed of:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the vehicle damage details relevant to the
vehicle,
(c) the date on which the vehicle was determined not to be a total
loss by the assessor,
(d) the personal details of the assessor and, if the information is
notified by an agent of the insurer on behalf of the insurer, the personal
details of the notifier,
(e) the date on which the information is
provided.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
83L Prescribed information about vehicles disposed of to
auto-dismantler
The following information is prescribed as the information that
must be provided under section 16L (2) of the Act to the Authority in respect
of each notifiable vehicle that is disposed of to an auto-dismantler by a
self-insurer:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the vehicle damage details relevant to the
vehicle,
(c) the date on which the vehicle was disposed of to the
auto-dismantler,
(d) the personal details of the self-insurer and, if the information
is provided to the Authority by another person, the personal details of that
person,
(e) the date on which the information is
provided.
83M Prescribed information about demolished or dismantled
vehicles
The following information is prescribed as the information that
must be provided under section 16L (3) of the Act to the Authority in respect
of each notifiable vehicle that an auto-dismantler intends to demolish or
dismantle:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the vehicle damage details relevant to the
vehicle,
(c) the date on which the auto-dismantler commenced, or intends to
commence, work in the course of the auto-dismantler’s business for the
purpose of demolishing or dismantling the vehicle,
(d) the personal details of the auto-dismantler and, if the
information is provided to the Authority by another person, the personal
details of that person,
(e) the date on which the information is
provided.
Division 6 Records about other vehicles
83N Records required to be kept by insurers of information
about certain vehicles assessed as not being total losses
(1) An assessor who is an insurer is required to keep a register
containing the following information in relation to each prescribed returned
vehicle insured:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the vehicle damage details relevant to the
vehicle,
(c) the date on which the vehicle was determined not to be a total
loss by the assessor,
(d) the personal details of the person who carried out the
assessment.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) That register must be kept by the assessor for at least 7 years
from the time of each entry.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) In this clause:prescribed
returned vehicle means a notifiable vehicle:
(a) that was the subject of a vehicle damage assessment,
and
(b) that was assessed by its insurer as not being a total loss,
and
(c) that the insurer has elected not to repair,
and
(d) that is intended to be returned, or has been returned, by the
insurer to the person who was its registered operator at the time the vehicle
sustained the damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage
assessment.
Division 7 Written-off vehicle warning labels
83O Obligation to attach written-off vehicle warning
labels
An assessor must ensure that a written-off warning label that
complies with this Division is attached at all times to any vehicle in the
assessor’s possession or control that is prescribed as a written-off
vehicle by clause 83B:(a) to the part of the vehicle to which the vehicle identifier is
attached (in the case of a dismantled vehicle), or
(b) to the vehicle (in any other case).
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty units.
Note. Section 16P of the Act requires a written-off vehicle warning
label to be attached to certain vehicles that have been assessed to be a total
loss. Not all written-off vehicles have been assessed as a total loss. This
clause creates the same obligation in relation to written-off vehicles not
assessed as a total loss.
83P Content and form of written-off vehicle warning
label
For the purposes of section 16P (1) of the Act, a written-off
vehicle warning label on a vehicle must include the following:
Statutory written-off vehicle—available for parts or scrap
only—limited exemptions apply.
83Q Positioning of written-off vehicle warning
label
For the purposes of section 16P (1) of the Act, a written-off
vehicle warning label must be attached securely and in a conspicuous position
where any person looking at the vehicle might be expected to see it, but not
in a position that obscures the vehicle identifier.
83R Offence to alter, damage, destroy, remove or interfere
with written-off vehicle warning label
A person must not, without reasonable excuse, alter, damage,
destroy, remove or otherwise interfere with a written-off vehicle warning
label that has been attached to a vehicle under section 16P (1) of the Act or
clause 83O.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 8 Certificates of compliance
83S Standards of repairs and repair methods
For the purposes of section 16Q (1) (b) of the Act, the standards
of repairs, and the repair methods, prescribed in relation to a vehicle are
the relevant technical specifications for the vehicle.
83T Certificates of compliance in relation to electronic
control systems
A licensed repairer is not authorised to issue a certificate of
compliance in relation to electronic control systems (such as airbags or
Anti-lock Braking Systems) unless the licensed repairer is approved by:(a) the manufacturer of the vehicle, or
(b) the Authority.
83U Issue of certificates of compliance
For the purposes of section 16Q (1) (b) of the Act, a licensed
repairer must not issue a certificate of compliance unless the repairs have
been conducted in accordance with:(a) the relevant technical specifications, and
(b) any written-off vehicle repair inspection guidelines published in
the Gazette by the Authority that are in force.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
83V Term of certificates of compliance
A certificate of compliance remains in force for 3 months after
its issue, or for any other period approved by the Authority in a particular
case.
83W Records of certificates of compliance
A licensed repairer who issues a certificate of compliance, or who
examines a vehicle for the purpose of determining whether or not to issue a
certificate of compliance, must keep a record of the following in relation to
each vehicle certified or examined:(a) the identification details of the vehicle,
(b) the reference number of the authorisation to repair the vehicle
issued by the Authority,
(c) details of the assessment conducted by the licensed repairer for
the purpose of determining whether or not to issue a certificate of compliance
in relation to the vehicle,
(d) details of the application in the assessment process of the
relevant technical specifications and the written-off vehicle repair
guidelines published in the Gazette by the Authority,
(e) if the repair involved structural damage—the test report
attesting to the structural integrity of the repaired
vehicle,
(f) the basis on which the licensed repairer formed an opinion that
the vehicle should be issued with a certificate of
compliance,
(g) the date the certificate was issued.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 9 Special provisions for certain vehicles
83X Superficially-damaged motor bikes
(1) This clause applies to a motor bike:(a) that is a notifiable vehicle, and
(b) that was insured by an insurer at the time that it sustained the
damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage assessment,
and
(c) that sustained cosmetic damage only, and no structural damage or
non-repairable damage, in the event that resulted in it being presented for a
vehicle damage assessment, and
(d) that was assessed as being a total loss before 1 November 2012,
and notified to the Authority in accordance with section 16L of the Act,
and
(e) in respect of which, the insurer has provided the Authority with
documentary and photographic records of the damage that resulted in the motor
bike being presented for a vehicle damage assessment and a written statement
by the insurer attesting to the fact that the motor bike is structurally
safe.
(2) A motor bike to which this clause applies is:(a) excluded from the vehicles prescribed as non-eligible vehicles by
clause 83D, and
(b) is exempt from the obligation to be the subject of a certificated
of compliance.
(3) A person who has purchased a motor bike to which this clause
applies from an insurer is, in relation to that motor bike, excluded from the
persons prescribed as non-eligible persons by clause
83E.
83Y Vehicles returned to registered operator by
insurer
(1) In addition to the information required by clause 83J, a
certificate of compliance in relation to a vehicle is prescribed as the
information that must be provided to the Authority in relation to a prescribed
returned vehicle by an assessor who is an insurer under section 16L
(1).
(2) For the purposes of section 16L (1) (b) of the Act, the
information that is required to be provided to the Authority by section 16L,
clause 83J and subclause (1) in relation to a prescribed returned vehicle must
be provided within 15 days after the end of the quarter of the financial year
in which the vehicle was the subject of a vehicle damage
assessment.
(3) A prescribed returned vehicle is taken not to be a written-off
vehicle if the information required by subclause (1) has been provided to the
Authority in relation to the vehicle within the period that (1) requires the
information to be provided.
(4) The obligation to provide information to the Authority created by
subclause (2) does not have effect until 31 July 2011. The obligation to
record the information commences when this clause
commences.
(5) In this clause:prescribed
returned vehicle means a notifiable vehicle:
(a) that was the subject of a vehicle damage assessment,
and
(b) that was assessed as being a total loss, and
(c) that has been repaired in accordance with the relevant technical
specifications, and
(d) that is intended to be returned, or has been returned, by the
insurer to the person who was its registered operator at the time the vehicle
sustained the damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle damage
assessment.
83YA Hail-damaged vehicles
(1) A relevant
written-off hail-damaged vehicle means a notifiable vehicle:(a) that is assessed by an assessor as being a total loss solely due
to hail damage, and
(b) that is retained by the person who was a registered operator of
the vehicle for more than 28 days before the date on which the vehicle
sustained the hail damage that resulted in it being presented for a vehicle
damage assessment.
(2) A relevant written-off hail-damaged vehicle is taken to be a
former written-off vehicle for the purposes of Part 2AA of the Act and is to
be recorded in the register of written-off vehicles as
such.
(3) For the purposes of section 16L (1) (b) of the Act, the prescribed
time within which an assessor must ensure that the Authority is provided with
the information required to be provided under that paragraph in relation to a
relevant written-off hail-damaged vehicle is the last day of the month in
which the vehicle damage assessment was completed.
Division 10 Transitional provisions
83Z Existing repairable interstate written-off vehicles may
be registered without authorisation to repair
(1) A vehicle is not required to be the subject of an authorisation to
repair under section 16C (2) of the Act if the vehicle is recorded on a
register of written-off vehicles (however described) of another Australian
jurisdiction as a repairable written-off vehicle on 31 January 2011 and the
application to register the vehicle is lodged with the Authority within 2
years after that day.
(2) An application to register a vehicle that was recorded on the
register of written-off vehicles (however described) of another Australian
jurisdiction as a repairable written-off vehicle on 31 January 2011 is not
required to be accompanied by a certificate of compliance under section 16C
(2) of the Act in relation to the vehicle if the application is lodged with
the Authority between 31 January 2011 and 31 July 2011
(inclusive).
83ZA Application to written-off vehicles on register before
commencement date
On and from 31 January 2011, the vehicles that are recorded on the
register of written-off vehicles under Part 2AA of the Act as former
written-off vehicles and that have been registered may be known as inspected
written-off vehicles.
83ZB Vehicles eligible for authorisation to repair before
substitution of clause 83D
(1) Clause 83D, as in force immediately before its substitution by the
Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment
(Written-off Vehicles) Regulation 2012, continues to apply to
an application for an authorisation to repair that was made but not determined
before that substitution.
(2) A vehicle does not become a non-eligible vehicle for the purposes
of Part 2AA of the Act because of the substitution of clause 83D by the
Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment
(Written-off Vehicles) Regulation 2012 if:(a) an authorisation to repair was issued in respect of the vehicle
before that substitution, or
(b) an authorisation to repair is issued in respect of the vehicle in
relation to an application to which subclause (1)
applies.
83ZC Relevant written-off hail-damaged vehicles taken to be
former written-off vehicles
Any vehicle that would have been a relevant written-off
hail-damaged vehicle (within the meaning of clause 83YA) had that clause been
in force when the vehicle was assessed as a total loss is taken at the time of
that assessment to have been a former written-off vehicle and the register of
written-off vehicles is to be updated accordingly.
83ZD Transitional provision: non-repairable damage
The amendment made by the Road
Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment (Non-repairable Damage) Regulation
2012 concerning the prescription of matter for the purposes of
the definition of non-repairable
damage in section 16A of the Act does not apply to a vehicle damage
assessment completed before 3 September 2012.
Part 7 Miscellaneous
Division 1 Offences
84 Use of vehicle offences
(1) A person must not use, or permit the use of, a registrable vehicle
that is conditionally registered in breach of a condition of
registration.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) A person must not use, or permit the use of, a registrable vehicle
in contravention of a defect notice.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) A person must not cause or permit another person to use an
unregistered registrable vehicle (other than a vehicle that has had its
registration suspended) on a road or road related area except as provided by
Part 4.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) Subclause (3) does not apply in relation to the use of an
unregistered registrable vehicle if the person causing or permitting the use
of the vehicle does so in contravention of section 22A (2) of the
Act.
(5) A person must not cause or permit another person to use a
registrable vehicle that has had its registration suspended on a road or road
related area unless that use has been authorised by the
Authority.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(6) For the purposes of section 18 (2) (b) of the Act, the use of a
registrable vehicle on a road or road related area during any period in which
its registration has been suspended by the Authority is permitted if that use
has been authorised by the Authority.
(7) For the purposes of section 27C (b) of the Act, subclauses (3) and
(5) are prescribed.Note. Section 27C of the Act provides for the seizure of
number-plates.
85 Number-plate and registration certificate and label
offences
(1) The driver of a registrable vehicle is guilty of an offence if the
vehicle is used on a road or in a road related area:(a) with a number-plate affixed that was not issued by the Authority
or was not issued for that vehicle, or
(b) with any registration label (that is required to be affixed to the
vehicle) obscured, defaced, or otherwise not legible, or not displayed or
affixed in accordance with this Regulation, or
(c) with a registration label that has expired (unless the vehicle is
no longer required to have a registration label
affixed).
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(1A) The driver of a registrable vehicle registered by the Authority is
guilty of an offence if the vehicle is used on a road or road related area
without displaying number-plates issued by the Authority for the purpose of
authorising the use of the vehicle.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) The driver of a registrable vehicle is guilty of an offence if the
vehicle is used on a road or in a road related area displaying:(a) an altered number-plate or registration label,
or
(b) the representation of a number-plate or registration label:(i) other than a number-plate or registration label issued in
accordance with this Regulation or another law, and
(ii) that is likely to be mistaken for a number-plate or registration
label displayed in accordance with this Regulation.
Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(3) The registered operator of a registrable vehicle (other than the
driver of the vehicle) used in contravention of subclause (1), (1A) or (2) is
also guilty of an offence if it is proved that the operator caused, permitted,
allowed or failed to take reasonable precautions to prevent the
contravention.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(4) This clause does not apply to:(a) the use of trader’s plates, or
(b) the use of a registered vehicle for the purpose of number-plate
testing authorised by the Authority if the vehicle displays a sign indicating
that number-plate testing is being carried out.
86 Notification offences
(1) A person must provide notification to the Authority as required by
this Regulation.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a notification requirement under a
provision of this Regulation for the contravention of which a maximum penalty
is prescribed by the provision.
(3) A person must not provide false or misleading information to the
Authority about the location of the garage address of a registrable
vehicle.Maximum penalty: 20 penalty
units.
Division 2 Disposal of forfeited vehicles
87 How forfeited vehicles may be disposed of under section 27
of the Act
(1) For the purposes of section 27 (6) of the Act, a forfeited vehicle
may be disposed of by public auction or public
tender.
(2) For the purposes of section 27 (6) of the Act, the vehicle may be
disposed of otherwise than by sale if the Authority is satisfied on reasonable
grounds that the vehicle has no monetary value or that the proceeds of sale
would be unlikely to exceed the costs of sale.
(3) If a forfeited vehicle offered for sale is not sold, the Authority
may dispose of the forfeited vehicle otherwise than by
sale.
88 Proceeds of sales of vehicles seized under section 27 of
the Act
(1) For the purposes of section 27 (7) of the Act, if a forfeited
vehicle is sold in accordance with this Division, the Authority holds the net
proceeds of sale (if any) of the vehicle for the person who was the owner of
the vehicle immediately before its sale.
(2) An application for payment of the net proceeds of sale may be made
to the Authority at any time within 12 months after the forfeited vehicle was
sold.
(3) The Authority must pay the net proceeds of sale to the applicant
if satisfied that the applicant is entitled to the
proceeds.
(4) If no application is made within that 12 month period, the
Authority may transfer the net proceeds of sale to such of its funds as it
considers appropriate. The money then becomes the property of the
Authority.
(5) In this clause:net
proceeds of sale means the proceeds (if any) of a sale of a
forfeited vehicle remaining after deduction of:
(a) the expenses of sale, and
(b) the fees, charges, taxes and fine, that the Authority could have
allowed under section 27 (5) of the Act for the waiver of the
forfeiture.
Division 3 Other provisions
88A Meaning of “vehicle”
For the purposes of paragraph (b) of the definition of vehicle in section 4 of the Act,
any description of tracked vehicle (such as a bulldozer), or any description
of vehicle that moves on revolving runners inside endless tracks, that is not
used exclusively on a railway or tramway is
prescribed.
89 More than one person recorded as registered operator of
light vehicle
(1) Subject to this Regulation, if more than one person is recorded as
a registered operator of a light vehicle:(a) any right, liability or obligation conferred or imposed on a
registered operator of the registrable vehicle by the relevant legislation is
taken to be conferred or imposed on each person recorded,
and
(b) each person recorded is taken to have complied with any obligation
imposed by the relevant legislation if any one of the persons recorded has
(whether personally or through an agent) complied with the obligation,
and
(c) the Authority is taken to have complied with any obligation to
give notice to the registered operator of the vehicle that is imposed by the
relevant legislation if it notifies any one or more of the persons
recorded.
(2) In this clause, relevant
legislation has the same meaning as it has in section 23A of the
Act.
90 Application of Road Transport (Mass, Loading and Access)
Regulation 2005
(1) A vehicle is exempted from a dimension limit or any other
requirement of this Regulation if the person or vehicle is exempted from that
limit or requirement by or under a provision of the Road Transport (Mass, Loading and Access)
Regulation 2005 or a provision of a regulation that replaces
that regulation.
(2) A breach of this Regulation is to be disregarded in any
prosecution if it is to be disregarded under the Road Transport (Mass, Loading and Access)
Regulation 2005 or under a regulation that replaces that
regulation.
(3) In this clause:dimension
limit means a provision of this Regulation that limits or otherwise
regulates the dimensions of any registrable vehicle (or any load or projection
of the vehicle).
91 Special provisions relating to boat trailers
(1) Any trailer constructed or that is being used for the conveyance
of a boat is taken to comply with an affixing provision if the affixed item is
securely affixed to a removable panel or panels constructed of wood, metal or
other suitable material and the panel or panels are:(a) while a boat is being carried on the trailer—securely
affixed to the boat in such a manner that the affixed item is in a position
and is facing in a direction which would comply with the provisions of this
Regulation if the boat comprised part of the trailer, and
(b) while a boat is not being carried on the trailer—securely
affixed to the trailer in such a manner that the affixed item is in a position
and is facing in a direction which complies with the provisions of this
Regulation.
(2) In this clause:affixed
item, in relation to an affixing provision, means any number-plate,
fitting for the number-plate, trader’s plate, registration label, holder
for a registration label, light, reflector or flashing light turn signal to
which the affixing provision applies.
affixing
provision means any provision of this Regulation relating to:
(a) the affixing of and any fitting for a number-plate or
trader’s plate or a registration label or a holder for such a label,
or
(b) the affixing of and any fitting for any light, reflector or
flashing light turn signal required or permitted by this Regulation to be
fitted to the trailer.
91A Photographic evidence of unauthorised vehicle use:
section 22C of Act
The following offences against this Regulation are prescribed for
the purposes of section 22C of the Act:(a) an offence against clause 50 (3),
(b) an offence against clause 84 (3),
(c) an offence against clause 84 (5).
92 Delegation of Authority’s powers
For the purposes of section 12 of the Act, the following persons
to whom the Authority may delegate all or any of its powers under the Act or
this Regulation are prescribed:(a) a statutory corporation,
(b) the holder of a statutory office,
(c) an officer or employee of a statutory corporation or a member of
staff of the Government Service,
(d) a police officer,
(e) a local council,
(f) any other person who, in the opinion of the Authority, has
appropriate qualifications for the exercise of the power
delegated.
93 Repeal of Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation
1998
The Road
Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 1998 is
repealed.
94 Savings and transitional provisions
(1) Any act, matter or thing that had effect under the repealed
Regulation immediately before its repeal is taken to have effect under this
Regulation.Note. The Road
Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation 1998 contained a
Schedule of savings and transitional provisions. The transitional provisions
are now spent, but certain savings provisions (such as those referred to in
subclause (2)) are of continuing effect.
(2) In particular, and without limiting subclause (1):(a) an authority held, or taken to be held, as an examiner’s
authority under clause 63 of the repealed Regulation immediately before its
repeal, and
(b) an authority held, or taken to be held, as a proprietor’s
authority under clause 64 of the repealed Regulation immediately before its
repeal, and
(c) a rule in force, or taken to be in force, under clause 65 of the
repealed Regulation immediately before its repeal,
are taken to be examiners’ authorities, proprietors’
authorities and rules held or in force under clauses 58, 59 and 60,
respectively, of this Regulation.
(3) The form prescribed by Schedule 3 to the repealed Regulation, as
in force immediately before the repeal of that Regulation, is taken to be a
form approved for the purposes of clause 47 of this Regulation until such time
as the Authority approves a different form for the purposes of that
clause.
(3A) A reference in clause 41 (2A), as inserted by the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Amendment
(Suspension of Registration) Regulation 2011, to any 3 year
period is taken to be a reference to any 3 year period beginning on or after
(but not before) the commencement of that
Regulation.
(4) In this clause, the repealed
Regulation means the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Regulation
1998.
95 Transitional provision—registration
labels
(1) This clause applies in relation to a registrable vehicle that, as
a result of the Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Registration Labels) Regulation 2012,
will (from 1 January 2013) no longer be subject to the registration label
requirements in clause 16.
(2) A person who is issued with a registration label at any time after
the commencement of this clause in respect of a registrable vehicle to which
this clause applies is not required to affix the registration label to the
vehicle and, accordingly, is not guilty of an offence under clause 85 in
relation to a failure to affix or display the registration label during the
period between the commencement of this clause and 1 January
2013.
Schedule 1 Application of Act and Regulation
(Clause 4)
Part 1 General
1 Definitions
In this Schedule:registration
provisions means the provisions of this Regulation concerning the
registration of registrable vehicles (including the issue and use of
number-plates and the use of unregistered vehicles).
2 Suspension of exemptions
The Authority may suspend, either indefinitely or for such period
as it thinks fit, the operation of clauses 9 and 11 in relation to any
registrable vehicle to which any of those clauses would, but for this clause,
apply if, having regard to any of the matters referred to in clause 41 (1),
(2), (2A) and (2B) of this Regulation, the Authority considers such action
desirable in the public interest.
3 Application of section 18 (1) of Act to Part 2
vehicles
(1) The use of an unregistered registrable vehicle on a road or road
related area is permitted under this Regulation for so long as the vehicle is
a vehicle to which the registration provisions do not apply by reason of any
provision of Part 2.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), such use of such a vehicle ceases
to be permitted under this Regulation if at any time the registration
provisions become applicable to the vehicle because the vehicle does not
comply with an applicable condition or requirement of Part
2.
Note. Section 18 (1) of the Act makes it an offence for a person to use
an unregistered registrable vehicle on a road or on a road related area. A
vehicle is unregistered if it is not registered under the Act (see the
definition of registered in section 4 of
the Act). However, section 18 (2) (b) provides that section 18 (1) does not
apply to the use of a registrable vehicle on a road or road related area if
the use is otherwise permitted by the Act or under the
regulations.
Part 2 Vehicles not subject to registration
provisions
4 Vehicles on tow trucks
The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle
under tow by a tow truck operating as a tow truck.
5 Vehicles used for work on farms
(1) The registration provisions do not apply to:(a) an agricultural implement towed by another vehicle,
or
(b) a trailer towed by an agricultural machine operating as an
agricultural machine.
(2) In this clause:agricultural
implement means a vehicle without its own automotive power, built to
perform agricultural tasks.
agricultural
machine means a machine with its own automotive power, built to
perform agricultural tasks.
Note. Examples of agricultural implements are irrigating equipment,
augers, conveyors, harvester fronts, harvest bins and machinery fully carried
on the three-point linkage of a tractor.Examples of agricultural machinery are tractors and
harvesters.
6 Vehicles using roads or road related areas to a limited
extent in context of primary production
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle being driven across any road or road related area when travelling to
or from land that is being used solely or mainly for the purpose of primary
production.
7 Certain trailers used for roadmaking and other public
works
(1) The registration provisions do not apply to any trailer that is
hauled by a motor vehicle that is registered and is used solely:(a) for the purposes of road construction, maintenance (including
cleansing, sweeping, watering or any similar process) or repair,
or
(b) on a public park or on land dedicated or reserved from sale by the
Crown for public health, recreation, enjoyment or other public purposes of a
like nature, or on land owned by or leased to or vested in a local council or
the Crown, for rolling tennis courts, cricket wickets, lawns or pathways or
improving the surface of the ground or for similar work, and not let out on
hire,
and which is used on any road or road related area solely while at, or
proceeding to or returning from, the place where the road construction,
maintenance or repair or other work is performed.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to a trailer that is:(a) a vehicle constructed, or used, primarily for the conveyance of
any goods or materials, or
(b) a caravan being used for tours for recreation
purposes.
8 Golf and green keeping vehicles
(1) The registration provisions do not apply to any golf vehicle or
green keeping vehicle being driven directly across a road or road related area
that intersects with or traverses a golf course if the vehicle:(a) is being used in the course of, or as an incident to, a game of
golf or to observe any such game, or
(b) is proceeding to or from the golf course to be used for or in
connection with the rolling or maintenance or surface improvement of any part
of the golf course, or
(c) is proceeding to or from a car park or storage building that is
separated from the golf course by the road or road related
area.
(2) In this clause:golf
course means an area of land (which includes tees, fairways, greens,
rough, pathways, bunkers and bridges) designed and used for the playing of
golf.
golf
vehicle means:
(a) a motorised buggy or cart that is designed and used to carry any
golfer, spectator or golfing equipment on a golf course,
or
(b) a motor bike having an engine capacity not exceeding 50
millilitres that is used to carry a golfer, spectator or golf equipment on a
golf course, or
(c) any trailer that is being drawn by any such
vehicle.
green
keeping vehicle means any vehicle used solely or principally for or
in connection with the rolling or maintenance or surface improvement of any
part of a golf course.
9 Vehicles temporarily in New South Wales
(1) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle
that meets the requirements of subclause (2) and that:(a) is temporarily in New South Wales, and
(b) is:(i) registered in another State or a Territory or in a foreign
country, or
(ii) if unregistered—permitted to be used in accordance with an
interstate permit law or interstate trader’s plate
law.
(2) The requirements to be met by a registrable vehicle referred to in
subclause (1) are:(a) that the vehicle carry, conspicuously displayed in the required
manner and condition, all number-plates and labels that it is at that time
required to carry:(i) in the case of a vehicle registered outside this
jurisdiction—in the other State, Territory or country in which it is
registered, or
(ii) in the case of an unregistered vehicle permitted to be used in
another State or a Territory—in that State or
Territory,
under a law of that State, Territory or country, as the case may be,
and
(b) in the case of a vehicle described in subclause (1) (b)
(ii)—that the vehicle is used in accordance with any conditions of any
permit or other authority that apply in the State or Territory, so far as they
are capable of being applied to the use of the vehicle outside that State or
Territory.
(3) The registration provisions will apply to a registrable vehicle
referred to in subclause (1) if at any time the vehicle does not comply with,
or ceases to comply with, one or more of the requirements of subclause
(2).Note. For example, the registration provisions will apply to a
registrable vehicle referred to in subclause (1) if the vehicle ceases to
carry conspicuously displayed in the required manner and condition all
number-plates and labels that it is at that time required to carry in the
jurisdiction where the vehicle is registered.
(4) In this clause:interstate permit
law means a law of another State or Territory that substantially
corresponds to the provisions of this Regulation concerning unregistered
vehicle permits.
interstate
trader’s plate law means a law of another State or a Territory
that substantially corresponds to the provisions of this Regulation concerning
trader’s plates.
10 Vehicles registered under the Interstate Road Transport Act 1985
(Cth)
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle registered under the Interstate Road
Transport Act 1985 of the Commonwealth that has affixed to it
a plate or compliance plate as required by the regulations made under section
13 (1) (a) of that Act:(a) while the vehicle is engaged in the carriage
of passengers or goods between prescribed places within the meaning
of that Act, or
(b) while the vehicle is being driven or left standing for any purpose
that is incidental to that carriage.
11 Trailers towed by motor vehicles registered in
Victoria
The registration provisions do not apply to any trailer (other
than a trailer used to carry a boat) that:(a) is being towed by a motor vehicle that is registered in Victoria,
and
(b) is exempt from registration in Victoria, and
(c) is not used in the course of trade, and
(d) weighs less than 200 kilograms unladen, and
(e) has a manufactured width that does not exceed the width of the
vehicle towing the trailer, and
(f) is of a length (including the draw bar and any load) that does not
exceed 3 metres, and
(g) if it obscures the number-plate of that motor
vehicle—displays (whether by painting or otherwise) on its rear the
registration number of the vehicle so that the number is clearly
distinguishable at a distance of 20 metres from the
rear.
12 Vehicles used to fight rural fires
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle that is used on a road or road related area if the vehicle:(a) is attached to a rural fire brigade formed under the Rural Fires Act 1997 and has painted
on it, or securely affixed to it, a sign clearly identifying the rural fire
brigade to which it is attached, and
(b) is used to convey persons or equipment to or from the work of
preventing, mitigating or suppressing fires in rural fire districts (including
clearing fire breaks or removing inflammable material),
and
(c) is travelling on the road or road related area for the purpose
referred to in paragraph (b) or any of the following purposes:(i) to attend a fire, incident or other emergency in accordance with
the Rural Fires Act
1997,
(ii) to assist other emergency services organisations (within the
meaning of the State Emergency and Rescue
Management Act 1989) at incidents and at emergencies under the
control of those organisations,
(iii) to convey persons or equipment for the purpose of training those
persons in relation to any of the purposes referred to in this
paragraph,
(iv) for a purpose necessary or incidental to the service or repair of
the vehicle,
(v) to perform such other functions of the NSW Rural Fire Service as
the Commissioner of the NSW Rural Fire Service or a fire control officer
within the meaning of the Rural Fires Act
1997 may approve for the purposes of the
exemption.
13 Police vehicles
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle that is being used in connection with police work and to which is
affixed a number-plate issued by the Authority for the purpose of being
substituted for the number-plate that would otherwise be required to be
affixed to the vehicle by this Regulation.
14 Lawn mowers
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle, weighing not more than 250 kilograms when unladen, that is
constructed or used solely for cutting grass or for purposes incidental to
cutting grass.
15 Power-assisted pedal cycles
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle that is a power-assisted pedal cycle within the meaning of vehicle
standards, as amended from time to time, determined under section 7 of the
Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of
the Commonwealth.Note. Power-assisted pedal
cycle is defined in the Vehicle
Standard (Australian Design Rule – Definitions and Vehicle Categories)
2005 determined under section 7 of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the
Commonwealth. The definition of power-assisted
pedal cycle includes pedalecs within the meaning of that Standard
(which may have one or more auxiliary propulsion motors generating a combined
power output not exceeding 250 watts).
16 Vehicles used by certain disabled persons
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle that:(a) is specially constructed to be used, and while on a road or road
related area is used, solely for the conveyance of a person with a disability
that substantially impairs the person’s mobility,
and
(b) is not capable of travelling at more than 10 kilometres per
hour.
17 Vehicles being driven to registration and associated
places
(1) The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle while it is being driven for the purpose of obtaining registration of
the vehicle by the most direct or convenient route:(a) to the nearest convenient motor registry, or
(b) to the nearest convenient vehicle inspection station or authorised
inspection station to determine whether the registrable vehicle complies with
the applicable vehicle standards for that vehicle, or
(c) in the course of inspection or testing of the motor vehicle for
the purpose of making the determination referred to in paragraph (b),
or
(d) to the nearest practicable weighbridge to determine the weight of
the motor vehicle, or
(e) from a motor registry or from a vehicle inspection station or
authorised inspection station where registration of the vehicle has been
refused for any purpose to the nearest convenient place at which necessary
repairs and adjustments to the vehicle may be effected or at which the vehicle
may be garaged (except where the condition of the vehicle is such that a
direction has been issued that the vehicle must not be driven on a road or
road related area before necessary repairs are effected),
or
(f) to the nearest convenient office of a licensed insurer within the
meaning of the Motor Accidents Compensation
Act 1999 for the purpose of obtaining third party insurance
for the vehicle in accordance with that Act, or
(g) to the nearest convenient location for any other purpose directly
associated with the registration process.
(2) Despite subclause (1), but subject to subclause (3), the
registration provisions apply to a heavy vehicle that is being driven from any
registration or inspection location if the inspection of the vehicle at the
location resulted in a determination that the vehicle does not comply with the
applicable vehicle standards for that vehicle.
(3) The registration provisions do not apply to a registrable vehicle
that:(a) is being driven for the purpose of obtaining an unregistered
vehicle permit, and
(b) is proceeding by the most direct or convenient route to the
nearest place at which a permit can be obtained under this
Regulation,
until it reaches that place.
(4) In this clause, direct or convenient
route includes the route to the nearest place at which the
registrable vehicle can be weighed or inspected for the purpose of obtaining
registration.
18 Vehicles that are being inspected
The registration provisions do not apply to any registrable
vehicle the registration of which has expired but to which the number-plates
are still affixed while the vehicle is being driven by an authorised examiner
to determine whether the vehicle complies with the applicable vehicle
standards for the vehicle.
Part 3 Vehicles to which Act does not apply
19 Light rail vehicles
The Act does not apply to any light rail
vehicle.
20 Self-propelled elevating work platforms
(1) The Act does not apply to a self-propelled elevating work
platform.
(2) In this clause:self-propelled
elevating work platform means a self-propelled vehicle used for
construction, maintenance or warehouse operations that:
(a) is designed mainly for use otherwise than on a road or road
related area, and
(b) is not capable of travelling at a speed in excess of 10 kilometres
per hour, and
(c) is being used only for the purpose for which it is manufactured,
and
(d) is not being used for transport on a road or road related area
other than for the purposes of loading the vehicle onto another vehicle or
unloading it from another vehicle or repositioning it at a work
site.
Schedule 2 Vehicle standards
(Clause 51)
Part 1 Introductory
Division 1 Object of vehicle standards
1 Object of vehicle standards
(1) The object of this Schedule is to set standards about the
construction and performance of motor vehicles, trailers and combinations that
are uniform throughout Australia.
(2) The standards set by this Schedule are intended:(a) to promote, throughout the life of motor vehicles, trailers and
combinations, their safe use and efficiency and protection of the environment,
and
(b) to reduce the cost of transport
administration.
Division 2 General
2 Application of Schedule
(1) Subject to this clause and except where the context of this
Schedule otherwise indicates or requires, every registrable vehicle that is,
or is to be, driven on a road or road related area:(a) must be provided with the items of equipment appropriate for the
vehicle set out in, and conforming with the provisions of, this Schedule,
and
(b) must be so constructed and equipped that it will comply with all
other provisions appropriate to the vehicle that are specified in this
Schedule.
(2) The provisions of this Schedule (other than this clause) do not
apply to any plant that is not constructed on a chassis normally used in the
construction of a motor lorry.
(3) However, any such plant must comply with any vehicle standards or
technical specifications approved by the Authority in relation to the
plant.
(4) In this clause:plant means a motor
vehicle that wholly comprises:
(a) a machine or implement that is not capable of carrying any load
other than tools and accessories usually carried, or
(b) a crane or a fork lift truck.
3 Non-application of Schedule—exemption under other
laws
(1) A provision of this Schedule does not apply to a vehicle or
combination if the vehicle or combination is exempt from:(a) the provision under another law of this jurisdiction,
or
(b) the corresponding provision of the law of another
jurisdiction.
(2) However, the vehicle or combination is exempt only if all
conditions of the exemption (if any) are being complied
with.
Note. Clause 12 (1) (b) of the Road Transport (Mass, Loading and Access)
Regulation 2005 permits the Authority, by way of a Class 1
notice published in the Gazette, to exempt Class 1 vehicles from a dimension
limit in this Regulation.
4 Non-application of Schedule—Motor Vehicle Standards
Act approvals
A provision of Parts 2 to 10 does not apply to a vehicle
if:(a) the vehicle does not comply with a requirement of an ADR applying
to that vehicle, and
(b) the provision of this Schedule corresponds to the requirement of
the ADR, and
(c) despite the non-compliance, approval has been given, under
subsection 10A (2) or (3) of the Motor Vehicle
Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth, to place
identification plates on vehicles of that type, and
(d) the vehicle complies with the approval conditions (if
any).
Note. Section 10A (2) of the Motor Vehicle
Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth deals with vehicles
that do not comply with an ADR, but the non-compliance is only in minor and
inconsequential respects.Section 10A (3) of that Act deals with vehicles that do not comply
with an ADR and the non-compliance is not minor and inconsequential, but the
Minister responsible for that Act is satisfied that vehicles of that type
comply with the national standards to an extent that makes them suitable for
supply to the market.
5 Interpretation
(1) A diagram in this Schedule is part of this Schedule. A diagram of
something (except the diagram in clause 173 (3)) is an illustrative example of
the thing in black and white, but does not represent its dimensions or the
dimension of any part of it.Note. The diagram in clause 173 provides the dimensions required for a
75 millimetre kingpin used in a B-double or road train.
(2) An example (whether or not in the form of a diagram) in this
Schedule is part of this Schedule.
(3) If a clause in this Schedule includes an example of the operation
of that clause:(a) the example is not exhaustive, and
(b) the example does not limit, and may extend, the meaning of the
clause, and
(c) the example and the clause are to be read in the context of each
other and of the other clauses of this Schedule, but, if the example and the
clause as so read are inconsistent, the clause
prevails.
6 References to registration before the commencement of
Act
A reference in this Schedule to the registration of a vehicle on a
date occurring before the commencement of the Act is taken to be a reference
to its registration under the Traffic Act
1909 before that date.
7 Date of manufacture of vehicle
If, in respect of a registrable vehicle imported into Australia,
an application is or was made in New South Wales:(a) on or after 1 January 1984, for registration of the vehicle as a
public passenger vehicle, or
(b) on or after 1 July 1987, for registration of the vehicle as a
motor lorry having a GVM exceeding 12 tonnes,
the date of manufacture of the vehicle is, for the purposes of this
Schedule, taken to be the date of entry of the vehicle into
Australia.
8 Optional items
If in a provision of this Schedule, a second edition ADR or a
third edition ADR it is provided or indicated that any item of equipment is
optional and the item is used on a registrable vehicle to which the provision
is applicable, the item must conform with the requirements of that
provision.
9 Special requirements for vehicles used by disabled
persons
The Authority may require that any registrable vehicle be
specially constructed, equipped or adapted in a manner not provided for in
this Schedule if:(a) it is to be used by a person who is suffering from a physical
disability, or
(b) it is to be used in such other circumstances as may be necessary
in the interests of public safety.
10 Authority may exempt vehicle from requirement of
Schedule
(1) The Authority may exempt any particular vehicle or class of
vehicle from any requirement of this Schedule.
(2) An exemption may be granted subject to
conditions.
(3) The Authority may amend or revoke an exemption or a condition made
or imposed in accordance with this clause.
Division 3 Australian Design Rules and other
standards
11 Compliance with second edition ADRs
(1) If a second edition ADR recommends that the ADR should apply to
the design and construction of a vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the
ADR.
(2) If a second edition ADR contains a requirement for a type of
equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment
of the same type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply
with:(a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built,
or
(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and
before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force:(i) when the vehicle was built, or
(ii) when the equipment was fitted, or
(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the equipment
was fitted.
(3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not
comply with a recommendation or requirement of a second edition ADR if:(a) the recommendation or requirement is replaced by, or is
inconsistent with, a requirement of a third edition ADR applying to the
vehicle or equipment, and
(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the
third edition ADR.
(4) If a second edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a
stated time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before that time may
also be fitted with the equipment.
12 Compliance with third edition ADRs
(1) If a third edition ADR applies to the design and construction of a
vehicle, the vehicle must comply with the ADR.
(2) If a third edition ADR contains a requirement for a type of
equipment fitted to a vehicle built on or after a stated time, any equipment
of the same type fitted to the vehicle after it is built must comply
with:(a) the requirement as in force when the vehicle was built,
or
(b) if the requirement is amended after the vehicle is built and
before the equipment is fitted—the requirement as in force:(i) when the vehicle was built, or
(ii) when the equipment was fitted, or
(iii) at any time between when the vehicle was built and the equipment
was fitted.
(3) However, a vehicle, or equipment fitted to a vehicle, need not
comply with a requirement of a third edition ADR if:(a) the requirement is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a
requirement of a later version of the ADR applying to the vehicle or
equipment, and
(b) the vehicle or equipment complies with the requirement of the
later version.
(4) If a third edition ADR allows a vehicle built on or after a stated
time to be fitted with equipment, a vehicle built before that time may also be
fitted with the equipment.
13 Exception to compliance with ADRs—vehicles that are
not road vehicles
A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by clause 11 (1) or
12 (1) if a determination or declaration under section 5B of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the
Commonwealth provides that the vehicle is not a road vehicle for the purposes
of that Act.
14 Exception to compliance with ADRs—Motor Vehicle
Standards Act
(1) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by clause 11 (1) or
12 (1) if:(a) despite non-compliance with the ADR, approval has been given,
under subsection 10A (2) or (3) of the Motor
Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth, to place
identification plates on vehicles of that type, and
(b) the vehicle complies with the approval conditions (if
any).
Note. See note to clause 4.
(2) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by clause 11 (1) or
12 (1) if:(a) the vehicle may be supplied to the market under section 14A (1) of
the Motor Vehicle Standards Act
1989 of the Commonwealth, and
(b) for a vehicle for which an approval has been given under that
subsection—the vehicle complies with the approval conditions (if
any).
(3) A vehicle need not comply with an ADR applied by clause 11 (1) or
12 (1) if:(a) the vehicle may be used in transport in Australia under section 15
(2) of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act
1989 of the Commonwealth, and
(b) for a vehicle for which an approval has been given under that
subsection—the vehicle complies with the approval conditions (if
any).
15 Partial exception to compliance with ADRs—personally
imported vehicles
(1) A personally imported vehicle must be fitted with:(a) seatbelts that are as effective as seatbelts that meet an
Australian Standard or British Standard for seatbelts as in force on 29 June
1998, and
(b) seatbelt anchorages that meet the number and location requirements
of second or third edition ADR 5, and
(c) child restraint anchorages that meet the number, location,
accessibility, thread size and form requirements of second edition ADR 34 or
third edition ADR 5 or 34, and
(d) head restraints that meet the number, location and size
requirements of second or third edition ADR 22.
(2) However, a personally imported vehicle need only meet the
requirements of an ADR mentioned in subclause (1) if the ADR recommends that
it should apply, or applies, to a vehicle of the same
type.
(3) A personally imported vehicle need not otherwise comply with an
ADR applied by clause 11 (1) or 12 (1).
16 Alteration of specifications
(1) A car or motor car derivative must not be altered from its
specifications, as originally manufactured, so that it no longer complies with
the requirements of a second edition ADR or third edition ADR applicable to
that vehicle or altered in any of the following respects:(a) by fitting a wheel rim that does not conform to the relevant
dimensional standards for wheel rims set down in the Tyre and Rim Standards
Manual issued by the Tyre and Rim Association of
Australia,
(b) by widening the wheel track of the front or rear wheels by more
than 25 millimetres beyond the maximum specified by the axle or vehicle
manufacturer,
(c) by fitting a wheel nut that does not engage the thread of the
wheel stud for at least the same length as the wheel nut provided by the
vehicle manufacturer or by fitting a wheel nut that does not match the taper
on the wheel stud hole,
(d) by fitting a tyre other than that appropriate to the wheel rim as
specified in the Tyre and Rim Standards Manual issued by the Tyre and Rim
Association of Australia or in any applicable second edition ADR or third
edition ADR,
(e) so that any part of it other than a tyre or wheel rim will contact
a road surface in the case of the complete deflation of a
tyre,
(f) by welding or heating an axle, stub axle, steering arm or steering
knuckle support.
(2) A vehicle, other than a car or motor car derivative, must not be
altered from its specifications, as originally manufactured, so that it no
longer complies with the requirements of a second edition ADR or a third
edition ADR applicable to that vehicle.
(3) If a vehicle is altered from its specifications, as originally
manufactured, the Authority may require the owner to supply such information
about the alterations as the Authority considers
necessary.
(4) Despite subclauses (1) and (2), a vehicle may be altered from its
specifications as originally manufactured if the alteration only gives effect
to any subsequent second edition ADR or third edition ADR applicable to a
vehicle of that category.
17 Compliance with third edition ADR as alternative to
compliance with Schedule
Nothing in Parts 2 to 12 prevents a registrable vehicle from being
constructed and equipped so as to comply with any relevant requirement of a
provision of a third edition ADR as an alternative to being constructed and
equipped to comply with any relevant requirements of a corresponding provision
of Parts 2 to 12.
18 What is an adopted standard
An adopted standard is
a standard, except a national standard, that is applied, adopted or
incorporated by this Schedule.Example Clause 67 (7) adopts Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 1906.1:2007 Retroreflective
materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—Retroreflective
sheeting.
19 Exception to compliance with adopted standards
A vehicle need not comply with an adopted standard if:(a) the standard is replaced by, or is inconsistent with, a later
version of the standard, and
(b) the vehicle complies with the later version of the
standard.
20 References to adopted standards and national
standards
(1) Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in a clause or
subclause to an adopted standard is a reference to the standard as in force
when the clause or subclause commenced.
(2) Unless the contrary intention appears, a reference in this
Schedule to a national standard is a reference to the standard as in force
from time to time.
Part 2 General safety requirements
Division 1 All vehicles
21 General requirement to keep vehicles in good
order
In addition to complying with the requirements of this Schedule,
the weight of any registrable vehicle and everything in its construction,
form, equipment, working and general condition must be such that:(a) it will not contravene any provision of any Act or other law,
and
(b) it will not cause danger or unreasonable annoyance to any
person.
22 Steering
(1) A motor vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes must have a right-hand
drive.
(2) A motor vehicle with a GVM not over 4.5 tonnes must have a
right-hand drive if the vehicle:(a) is less than 30 years old, and
(b) is required under a law of this jurisdiction to have a right-hand
drive.
(3) A motor vehicle has a right-hand drive if the centre of at least 1
steering control of the vehicle is to the right of, or in line with, the
centre of the vehicle.
(4) A component of the steering system of a motor vehicle that is
essential for effective steering of the vehicle must be built to transmit
energy by mechanical means only.
(5) Failure of a non-mechanical component of the steering system must
not prevent effective steering of the vehicle.
(6) This clause does not apply to a vehicle if the vehicle is built or
used mainly for a purpose other than the transport of goods or people by
road.
23 Turning ability
(1) A motor vehicle must be able to turn in a circle not over 25
metres in diameter, measured by the outer edge of the tyre track at ground
level.
(2) The vehicle must be able to comply with subclause (1) whether it
turns to the left or to the right.
24 Ability to travel backwards and forwards
A motor vehicle with an unloaded mass over 450 kilograms must be
able to be driven both backwards and forwards when the driver is in the normal
driving position.
25 Protrusions
(1) An object fitted to a vehicle must be designed, built and fitted
to the vehicle in a way that minimises the likelihood of injury to a person
making contact with the vehicle.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to an object fitted to a
vehicle if:(a) the vehicle was designed before 1965 and the object was part of
the design of the vehicle, or
(b) the object was fitted to the vehicle before 1965 in accordance
with the law of the place where the object was
fitted.
(3) A vehicle frontal protection system that is fitted on a motor
vehicle that:(a) has a GVM not over 3.5 tonnes, and
(b) is manufactured on or after 1 January
2003,
must comply with AS
4876.1–2002 Motor vehicle frontal protection
systems—Road user protection (except clause
3.2).
(4) Subclause (3) does not apply to a vehicle frontal protection
system fitted on a motor vehicle if the model of the vehicle is a model of a
kind manufactured before 1 January 2003.
(5) In this clause:vehicle
frontal protection system means a structure fitted to the front of a
vehicle to reduce damage to the vehicle structure and systems in the event of
either a front-end impact or an animal strike.
Note. Examples of vehicle frontal protections systems are bullbars,
roobars and nudge bars. Vehicle frontal protection systems may be fitted in
front of, or in place of, vehicle bumpers.
26 Oil and grease not to be dropped
All parts and fittings of a motor vehicle or trailer must be such
that an undue amount of oil or grease will not be dropped onto the
roadway.
27 Driver’s view and vehicle controls
A motor vehicle must be built:(a) to allow the driver a view of the road and of traffic to the front
and sides of the vehicle so the driver can drive the vehicle safely,
and
(b) with its controls located so the driver can drive the vehicle
safely.
28 Seating
A seat for a driver or passenger in a vehicle must be securely
attached to the vehicle.
29 Seatbelts for cars registered between 1 January 1965 and 1
January 1969
Every car and motor car derivative first registered on or after 1
January 1965 and before 1 January 1969 must be equipped for each front seat
position that is adjacent to the side of the vehicle with a seatbelt
that:(a) has been installed in accordance with instructions issued by the
manufacturer of the seatbelt, and
(b) at the time of its installation has not previously been installed
and used in a motor vehicle, and
(c) is of:(i) a type referred to in Australian Standard AS E35/BWG–1966 Drawings for
bollard type webbing grips for testing car seat belt webbing
as a Combination Belt (High) and has been manufactured in accordance with that
Standard, or
(ii) some other type approved by the
Authority.
30 Child restraint anchorage bolts in drive yourself
vehicles
(1) Every motor vehicle that is a drive yourself vehicle must be
fitted with a child restraint anchorage bolt of a type approved by the
Authority.
(2) A child restraint anchorage bolt referred to in this clause must
be fitted to a child restraint anchorage point if the vehicle is one required
by the second edition ADRs or third edition ADRs to have a child restraint
anchorage.
(3) In this clause:drive yourself
vehicle means a motor vehicle that is let for hire (other than under
a hire purchase agreement) without the services of a driver and that does not
stand in a public street for hire, other than a motor cycle, a trailer or a
motor vehicle that:
(a) is used in connection with the work of any hospital or charitable,
benevolent or religious institution by or on behalf of the authority
controlling that hospital or institution, and
(b) is operated in connection with a community transport project
approved by the Minister.
31 Door latches and hinges
Door latches and hinges on every vehicle must be so constructed
that the doors are securely affixed to the vehicle and capable of remaining
securely fastened when closed.
32 Mudguards and spray suppression
(1) A vehicle must have firmly fitted:(a) a mudguard for each wheel or for adjacent wheels,
and
(b) for each axle group and single axle on a vehicle that is part of a
B-double—spray suppression devices complying with Parts 1 and 2 of
British Standard AU
200–1a:1984 Spray reducing devices for heavy goods
vehicles. Specification for design of containment
devices.
(2) However, subclause (1) (a) does not apply to a vehicle if:(a) the construction or use of the vehicle makes the fitting of
mudguards unnecessary or impracticable, or
(b) the body or part of the body of the vehicle acts as a
mudguard.
(3) A mudguard fitted to a vehicle must, when the wheels of the
vehicle are in position to move straight ahead:(a) reduce the danger of a person contacting the moving wheels,
and
(b) for the rear wheels:(i) cover the overall tyre width of the wheel or wheels to which it is
fitted, and
(ii) be fitted so the height above ground level of the lowest edge of
the rear of the mudguard is not over one-third of the horizontal distance
between the edge and the centre of the rearmost
axle.
(4) However, a mudguard may be up to:(a) 230 millimetres above ground level, or
(b) on a vehicle built to be used off-road—300 millimetres above
ground level.
(5) The outside of a rear mudguard, except a mudflap, of a vehicle
that can be seen from the rear of the vehicle must be coloured white or silver
if the vehicle:(a) is at least 2.2 metres wide, and
(b) has a body the vertical measurement of which is under 300
millimetres at the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above
ground level to the highest point, and
(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates in accordance with clause
127.
(6) For subclause (5) (a), the width of a vehicle is measured
disregarding any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation
systems, lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
33 Horns, alarms and the like
(1) A motor vehicle must be fitted with at least 1 horn or other
device that can give sufficient audible warning to other road users of the
approach or position of the vehicle.
(2) A motor vehicle must not be fitted with a device that can make a
sound like the sound of a siren, exhaust whistle, compression whistle or
repeater horn.
(3) However, subclause (2) does not apply to:(a) a police vehicle, or
(b) an emergency vehicle, or
(c) an Australian Protective Service vehicle, or
(d) an Australian Customs Service vehicle, or
(e) an Airservices Australia vehicle, or
(f) a vehicle at least 25 years old that is fitted as a police or
emergency vehicle if:(i) the vehicle is used for exhibition purposes,
or
(ii) it is part of a collection of former police or emergency vehicles,
or
(g) an anti-theft alarm if the alarm cannot be operated while the
vehicle’s ignition is on, or
(h) a vehicle used by a Traffic Commander or a Traffic Emergency
Patroller appointed or employed by the Authority.
(4) Also, a motor vehicle may be fitted with a device that emits a
regular, intermittent sound while the vehicle is reversing or in reverse
gear.
(5) The device must not be louder than is necessary so the driver, and
a person near the vehicle, can hear the device when it is
operating.
34 Rear vision mirrors
(1) A rear vision mirror or mirrors must be fitted to a motor vehicle
as required by this clause so that a driver of the vehicle can clearly see by
reflection the road behind the vehicle and any following or overtaking
vehicle.
(2) At least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to:(a) a car, and
(b) a motor trike with 2 front wheels, and
(c) a motor bike, or motor trike with 1 front wheel, built before July
1975.
(3) At least 1 rear vision mirror must be fitted to each side of the
motor vehicle:(a) if the vehicle has a GVM over 3.5 tonnes, or
(b) if the vehicle is a motor bike, or motor trike with 1 front wheel,
built after June 1975, or
(c) if the vehicle is constructed for the carriage of goods (not being
a station wagon), or
(d) if the vehicle is a bus, or
(e) if the maximum width of any trailer or other vehicle drawn by the
vehicle is greater than that of the vehicle, or
(f) if because of the manner in which the vehicle is constructed,
equipped or loaded, or because of the fact that the vehicle is drawing a
trailer or other vehicle, or for any other reason, the driver cannot, by means
of a mirror fixed to the interior of the vehicle, have reflected to him or her
as far as practicable a clear view of the road to the rear of the vehicle and
of any following or overtaking vehicle.
(4) A motor vehicle with a GVM not over 3.5 tonnes (except a motor
vehicle mentioned in subclause (2) or (3)) must be fitted with:(a) at least 1 rear vision mirror on the right side of the vehicle,
and
(b) at least 1 rear vision mirror on the left side of the vehicle or
inside the vehicle.
(5) A rear vision mirror fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM over 3.5
tonnes must not project over 150 millimetres beyond the widest part (excluding
lights, signalling devices and reflectors) of the vehicle or
combination.
(6) However, the rear vision mirror may project not over 230
millimetres beyond the widest part of the vehicle or combination if it can
fold to project not over 150 millimetres beyond the widest
part.
35 Rear vision mirrors—surfaces
(1) A rear vision mirror required to be fitted to the side of a motor
vehicle with a GVM over 3.5 tonnes must have a reflecting surface of at least
150 square centimetres.
(2) A rear vision mirror required to be fitted to the right side of a
motor vehicle with a GVM over 3.5 tonnes must have a flat reflecting surface
if:(a) the motor vehicle has only 1 steering control,
and
(b) the centre of the steering control is to the right of, or in line
with, the centre of the motor vehicle.
(3) The reflecting surface of the rear vision mirrors that are
required to be fitted to a motor bike or moped must:(a) each be of the same curvature, and
(b) if convex, be part of a notional sphere with a radius of at least
1.2 metres.
36 Additional rear vision mirrors
A motor vehicle may be fitted with additional rear vision mirrors
or mirror surfaces that are flat or convex or a combination of flat and convex
surfaces.
37 Automatic transmission
(1) A motor vehicle fitted with an automatic transmission must have an
engine starter mechanism that cannot operate when the transmission control is
in a position to drive the vehicle.
(2) A vehicle built after 1975 that is fitted with an automatic
transmission must have an indicator in the driver’s compartment showing
the transmission control position.
(3) Subclauses (1) and (2) do not apply to a motor vehicle with less
than 4 wheels.
(4) If a motor vehicle (other than a motor bike or an implement)
manufactured on or after 9 January 1976 is equipped with automatic
transmission:(a) the transmission control lever position and an indication of the
transmission gear ratio selected must be displayed within the driver’s
compartment in such a location that they will be readily visible to the
driver, and
(b) the sequence of transmission control lever positions must:(i) include a neutral position (whereby no power is transmitted to the
driving wheels) located between the reverse drive and forward drive positions,
and
(ii) in cases where a park position (whereby forward or rearward
movement of the vehicle is prevented) is included, be such that the park
position is located at the end of the sequence adjacent to the reverse drive
position.
(5) If a car or a motor car derivative manufactured on or after 9
January 1976 is equipped with automatic transmission:(a) if the transmission control lever is located on the steering
column:(i) the movement of the lever from neutral to reverse must be
clockwise except that in cases where all lever positions are to the right of
the vertical longitudinal plane through the centre of the steering wheel, the
movement of the lever from neutral to reverse must be anti-clockwise,
and
(ii) the movement of the device provided to indicate the transmission
gear ratio selected must be generally in the same linear or rotational
direction as the movement of the lever, and
(b) if the transmission control lever is located in a position other
than on the steering column:(i) all lever positions must be to the left of the vertical
longitudinal plane through the centre of the steering wheel,
and
(ii) movement of the lever from neutral to reverse must be generally
upwards, forward or to the left according to whether the lever is constrained
to be moved generally in a vertical, longitudinal or transverse direction, as
the case may be.
38 Diesel engines
A motor vehicle propelled by a compression ignition engine
(commonly known as a diesel engine) must be fitted with a device preventing
the engine from being started accidentally or
inadvertently.
39 Bonnet securing devices
(1) A motor vehicle with a moveable body panel forward of the
windscreen that covers an engine or luggage storage or battery compartment
must have a device to secure the panel.
(2) However, if the panel opens from the front in a way that partly or
completely obstructs the driver’s forward view through the windscreen,
the panel must have primary and secondary devices to secure the
panel.
40 Electrical wiring, connections and
installations
(1) The wiring of electrical equipment of a vehicle, except the high
tension ignition wiring, must:(a) be supported at intervals of not over 600 millimetres, unless the
vehicle is a pole-type trailer with a pole with an adjustable length, or an
extendible trailer, and
(b) be insulated at each of its joints, and
(c) be located where it cannot:(i) become overheated, or
(ii) contact moving parts, or
(iii) come near enough to the fuel system to be a fire hazard,
and
(d) be protected from chafing.
(2) The electrical connectors between motor vehicles and trailers, for
operation of the vehicle lights required by this Schedule, must comply with
Australian Standard AS
4177.5–2004 Caravan and light trailer towing
components—Electrical connectors and AS 4735–2003 Heavy road
vehicles—Electrical connectors for articulated
vehicles.
(3) A trailer must be equipped with an electrical conductor,
independent of the trailer coupling, that provides a return path between the
electrical circuits of the trailer and towing
vehicle.
(4) The electrical wiring, connections and installations of a
semi-trailer, dog trailer or converter dolly used in a road train over 19
metres long after June 1998 must comply with third edition ADR 63, whether or
not it was built before the date stated in the ADR for vehicles of that
type.
41 Speedometers
Every motor vehicle (not being a trailer) manufactured on or after
1 July 1974 and capable of being driven at a speed in excess of 40 kilometres
per hour on a level road must be fitted with a speedometer that must:(a) indicate the speed at which the vehicle is being driven in
kilometres per hour, and
(b) indicate, when the vehicle is travelling at a speed in excess of
50 kilometres per hour, a speed that is not more than 10% less than the actual
speed, and
(c) be readily visible to the driver.
42 Television receivers and visual display units
(1) A television receiver or visual display unit must not be installed
in a vehicle so any part of the image on the screen is visible to the driver
from the normal driving position.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to:(a) a television receiver or visual display unit that cannot be
operated when the vehicle is moving, or
(b) a driver’s aid in any vehicle or a destination sign in a
bus.
(3) A television receiver, or visual display unit, and its associated
equipment in a vehicle must be securely mounted in a position that:(a) does not obscure the driver’s view of the road,
and
(b) does not impede the movement of a person in the
vehicle.
43 Windows generally
(1) Every window must be sound and properly fitted and each movable
window must be fitted with a suitable device to enable it to be opened and
closed.
(2) At least half of the number of windows must be capable of being
opened.
44 Windscreens and windows
(1) Transparent material used in a windscreen, window or an interior
partition, of a motor vehicle must be of approved material if:(a) the vehicle was built after June 1953, or
(b) the material was first fitted to the vehicle after June
1953.
(2) Despite subclause (1), non-shatterable transparent material may be
used in a window or an interior partition of a motor
vehicle.
(3) In this clause:approved
material means material with the same characteristics as material
mentioned in any of the following:
(a) Australian and New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2080:2006 Safety glazing for
land vehicles,
(b) Australian and New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2080:1995 Safety glass for
land vehicles,
(c) Australian Standard AS
2080–1983 Safety glass for land
vehicles up to and including amendment No
1,
(d) New Zealand Standard NZS
5443:1987 Safety glass for land
vehicles,
(e) Japanese Industrial Standard JIS
R 3211:1998 Safety glazing materials for road
vehicles,
(f) Japanese Industrial Standard JIS
R 3211–1992 Safety glass for road
vehicles,
(g) United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation No 43 Uniform provisions
concerning the approval of safety glazing materials and their installation on
vehicles second revision as in force 12 August
2004,
(h) United Nations Economic Commission for Europe Regulation No 43 Uniform provisions
concerning the approval of safety glazing materials and their installation on
vehicles Revision 1 of 25 February 1988,
(i) British Standard BS
AU178:1980 Specification for road vehicle safety
glass,
(j) American National Standard ANSI/SAE Z26.1–1996 American
National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles and
Motor Vehicle Equipment Operating on Land Highways - Safety
Code,
(k) American National Standard ANSI/SAE Z26.1–1980 American
National Standard for Safety Glazing Materials for Glazing Motor Vehicles and
Motor Vehicle Equipment Operating on Land Highways - Safety
Code.
transparent
material does not include any coating added to the windscreen,
window or partition after its manufacture.
45 Window tinting
(1) Glazing used in a windscreen of a motor vehicle must have a
luminous transmittance of at least:(a) for a motor vehicle built after 1971—75%,
or
(b) for any other motor vehicle—70%.
(2) Windscreen glazing of a motor vehicle must not be coated in a way
that reduces its luminous transmittance.
(3) However, subclauses (1) and (2) do not apply to the greater of the
following areas of a windscreen:(a) the area above the highest point of the windscreen that is swept
by a windscreen wiper, or
(b) the upper 10% of the windscreen.
(4) Glazing used in a window or interior partition of a motor vehicle
must have a luminous transmittance of at least 70%.
(5) Glazing behind the rear of the driver’s seat may be coated
to achieve a luminous transmittance of not less than
35%.
(6) Glazing in a side window forward of the rear of the driver’s
seat may be coated to achieve a luminous transmittance of not less than 70%
or, if another law of this jurisdiction allows a lesser luminous
transmittance, the greater of:(a) the lesser luminous transmittance allowed under the other law,
and
(b) 35%.
(7) Glazing that has been coated to reduce its luminous transmittance
must not have a reflectance of over 10%.
(8) Despite clause 17, the luminous transmittance requirements in
subclauses (5) and (6) apply to a vehicle instead of the corresponding
requirements in the relevant ADR.
46 Glazing in windscreens, windows and interior
partitions
(1) Clause 45 does not apply in relation to:(a) any part of the glazing of a window (other than a windscreen) or
interior partition of a motor vehicle that was first registered (whether or
not in New South Wales) before 1 August 1994, if that part of the glazing has
a luminous transmittance of not less than:(i) 35% (except when subparagraph (ii) applies),
or
(ii) the luminous transmittance it had immediately before 1 August 1994
if it had a luminous transmittance of less than 35% at that time,
or
(b) any part of the glazing of a window (other than a windscreen) or
interior partition of a motor vehicle that was first registered (whether or
not in New South Wales) on or after 1 August 1994, if:(i) that part of the glazing has a luminous transmittance of not less
than 35%, and
(ii) the motor vehicle is equipped with an external rear vision mirror,
or external rear vision mirrors, complying with the requirements of clause 34,
or
(c) any part of the glazing of a window or interior partition in a
caravan, or
(d) any part of the glazing of a windscreen, window or interior
partition in a motor vehicle that was first registered before 1 July 1984,
being glazing that was fitted to the motor vehicle on or before the date on
which it was so registered.
(2) For the purposes of clause 45 and this clause, the luminous
transmittance or reflectance of glazing must be determined in accordance with
the luminous transmittance test or the reflectance test, as the case may
require, set out in any technical specification published by or adopted by the
Authority from time to time.
47 Windscreen wipers and washers
(1) A motor vehicle with 3 or more wheels that is fitted with a
windscreen must be fitted with at least 1 windscreen wiper unless a driver in
a normal driving position can obtain an adequate view of the road ahead of the
motor vehicle without looking through the
windscreen.
(2) At least 1 windscreen wiper fitted to the motor vehicle
must:(a) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in
front of the driver to allow the driver an adequate view of the road ahead of
the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet, and
(b) be able to be operated from a normal driving position,
and
(c) for a motor vehicle built after 1934—continue to operate
until the wiper is switched off, and
(d) for a motor vehicle built after 1959 the driving position of which
is nearer one side of the vehicle than the other:(i) be able to remove moisture from the part of the windscreen in
front of the driver, and a corresponding part of the windscreen on the other
side of the centre of the motor vehicle, to allow the driver an adequate view
of the road ahead of the motor vehicle when the windscreen is wet,
and
(ii) if the windscreen wipers are operated by engine manifold
vacuum—be provided with a vacuum reservoir or pump to maintain the
efficient operation of the wiper or wipers while the vehicle is in
motion.
(3) If the motor vehicle was built after 1982 and has a GVM over 4.5
tonnes, it must also be fitted with a windscreen washer that can direct water
onto the windscreen within the area swept by a windscreen wiper so the wiper
can spread the water to all of the area swept by the
wiper.
(4) The windscreen washer must be able to be operated from a normal
driving position.
48 Wheels and tyres—size and capacity
The wheels and tyres fitted to an axle of a vehicle must be of
sufficient size and capacity to carry the part of the vehicle’s gross
mass transmitted to the ground through the axle.
49 Pneumatic tyres generally
A vehicle built after 1932 must be fitted with pneumatic
tyres.
50 Pneumatic tyres—carcass construction
(1) A vehicle with a GVM not over 4.5 tonnes must not have pneumatic
tyres of different carcass construction fitted to the same axle, but the tyres
may have different cord materials and a different number of
plies.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to a tyre being used in an
emergency as a temporary replacement for a tyre complying with the
subclause.
51 Pneumatic tyres—size and capacity
The size and capacity of a pneumatic tyre to be fitted to a
vehicle must be decided using a cold inflation pressure that is not more than
the lesser of:(a) the pressure recommended by the tyre manufacturer,
and
(b) a pressure of:(i) for a radial ply tyre—825 kilopascals,
or
(ii) for another tyre—700 kilopascals.
52 Tyres—defects
A tyre fitted to a vehicle must be free of any apparent defect
that could make the vehicle unsafe.
53 Tyres for use on vehicles with GVM over 4.5
tonnes
(1) A tyre fitted to a vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes must be
suitable for road use at the lesser of:(a) 100 kilometres an hour, and
(b) the vehicle’s top speed.
(2) Despite clause 17, this clause applies to a vehicle instead of the
tyre speed category requirements in the relevant
ADR.
54 Tyres—manufacturer’s rating
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle if the vehicle:(a) has 4 or more wheels, and
(b) was built after 1972, and
(c) has a GVM not over 4.5 tonnes.
(2) However, this clause does not apply to a tyre if the tyre:(a) is recommended by the vehicle builder as suitable for limited use
on the vehicle in special circumstances at a speed less than the speed
applying to the vehicle under subclause (3), or
(b) is being used in an emergency as a temporary replacement for a
tyre complying with this clause.
(3) A tyre fitted to a motor vehicle must, when first manufactured,
have been rated by the tyre manufacturer as suitable for road use at the
lesser of:(a) a speed of at least:(i) for a car with special features for off-road use—140
kilometres an hour, or
(ii) for another car—180 kilometres an hour,
or
(iii) for another motor vehicle—120 kilometres an hour,
and
(b) the vehicle’s top speed.
(4) Despite clause 17, this clause applies to a vehicle instead of the
tyre speed category requirements in the relevant
ADR.
55 Retreads
(1) A tyre that is retreaded before 29 June 1998 must not be used on a
vehicle if:(a) Australian Standard AS
1973–1976 Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light
truck tyres or Australian Standard AS 1973–1985 Retreaded
pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres applies to the
tyre, and
(b) the tyre was retreaded after publication of the Australian
Standard concerned, and
(c) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with Australian Standard
AS 1973–1976
Retreaded pneumatic passenger car and light truck tyres,
Australian Standard AS
1973–1985 Retreaded pneumatic passenger and light truck
tyres or Australian Standard AS 1973–1993 Pneumatic
tyres—Passenger car, light truck and truck/bus—Retreading and
repair processes.
(2) A tyre that is retreaded after 29 June 1998 must not be used on a
vehicle if:(a) Australian Standard AS
1973–1993 Pneumatic tyres—Passenger car, light
truck and truck/bus—Retreading and repair processes
applies to the tyre, and
(b) the tyre was not retreaded in accordance with that Australian
Standard.
56 Tyre tread
(1) A tyre on a motor vehicle must not have cleats or other gripping
devices that could damage road surfaces.
(2) Except at tread wear indicators, a tyre fitted to the vehicle must
have a tread pattern at least 1.5 millimetres deep in a band that runs
continuously:(a) across:(i) for a vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes—at least 75% of the
tyre width that normally comes into contact with the road,
or
(ii) for another vehicle—the tyre width that normally comes into
contact with the road, and
(b) around the whole circumference of the
tyre.
(3) A vehicle must not be fitted with a tyre that has been treated by
recutting or regrooving the tread rubber, unless the tyre was:(a) constructed with an extra thickness of rubber designed for
recutting or regrooving, and
(b) labelled to indicate the construction.
Division 2 Additional requirements for motor bikes
57 Steering gear and handlebars
(1) The handlebars on a motor bike must extend at least 250
millimetres, but not over 450 millimetres, on each side of the centre line of
the vehicle.
(2) In taking a measurement for subclause (1), mirrors and lights
mounted on the handlebars of the motor bike are
disregarded.
(3) The lowest part of the hand grip on the handle bars must not be
higher than 380 millimetres above the attachment point of the handlebars to
the motor bike.
(4) Hand grips on the handle bars must be fitted
symmetrically.
(5) If a motor bike has the head stem as the steering pivot point, the
horizontal distance from the midpoint between the head stem bearings to the
centre of the front wheel must not be over 550 millimetres.
Maximum horizontal distance from midpoint between head stem bearings
of motor bike to centre of front
wheel
58 Foot rests
A motor bike must be fitted with foot rests for the driver, and
for any passenger for whom a seating position is
provided.
59 Chain guards
(1) If the engine power of a motor bike is transmitted to the rear
wheel by a chain, the driver and any passenger must be protected from the
front sprocket and at least the upper part of the chain by:(a) the frame or equipment of the motor bike, or
(b) a chain guard.
(2) A chain guard must cover the chain to a point:(a) at least 300 millimetres to the rear of the rearmost foot rest,
or
(b) above the centre of the rear drive
sprocket.
Part 3 Vehicle marking
Note. This Part contains requirements for a vehicle that help to
identify the vehicle and, if the vehicle is unusually long, to warn other
motorists.
60 Vehicle and engine identification numbers
(1) In this clause:number
includes a letter of the alphabet.
(2) A motor vehicle must have an individual engine identification
number clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on
it.
(3) A motor vehicle built after 1930 must have the engine
identification number on its engine block or the main component of its
engine.
(4) A vehicle must have an individual vehicle identification number
clearly stamped, embossed or otherwise permanently marked on a substantial
part of its frame or chassis.
(5) A vehicle or engine identification number must be located where a
person can read it easily without having to use tools to remove a part of the
vehicle that would otherwise obstruct the person’s
view.
61 Number-plates
(1) In this clause:number
includes a letter of the alphabet.
vehicle
number-plate means a number-plate other than an auxiliary
number-plate.
(2) The vehicle number-plate issued by the Authority for a vehicle
must be permanently affixed to the vehicle so that (assuming the vehicle to be
on level ground):(a) the number-plate is at all times:(i) in an upright position that is substantially parallel to the
vehicle’s axles, and
(ii) not more than 1.3 metres above ground level,
and
(b) the number-plate is not obscured, defaced or otherwise not
legible, and
(c) the numbers on the number-plate are clearly visible from a
distance of 20 metres at any point within an arc of 45 degrees from the
surface of the number-plate above or to either side of the vehicle, as shown
in figures 1 and 2 of diagram 1 (in relation to heavy vehicles) and figures 1
and 2 of diagram 2 (in relation to light vehicles), and
(d) any cover on the number-plate:(i) is clear, clean, untinted and flat over its entire surface,
and
(ii) has no reflective or other characteristics that would prevent the
successful operation of a device approved for use under a law relating to the
detection of traffic offences, and
(e) in the case of a motor vehicle other than a motor bike—one
number-plate is affixed to the front of the vehicle and another to its rear,
and
(f) in the case of a motor bike or trailer—at least one
number-plate is affixed to its rear, and
(g) in the case of a motor vehicle for which number-plates of
different sizes are issued—the larger of the number-plates is affixed to
the rear of the vehicle.
Diagram
1—Heavy vehicles

Diagram
2—Light vehicles

(3) Subclause (2) (a) does not apply to a vehicle number-plate of a
registrable vehicle if:(a) due to the construction of the vehicle it is not practicable to
comply with that paragraph, and
(b) the number-plate is affixed in a manner that complies so far as
practicable with that paragraph.
(4) Subclause (2) (b) does not apply to the rear vehicle number-plate
of a registrable vehicle if:(a) the rear number-plate of the registrable vehicle is obscured by a
vehicle that is being towed by the registrable vehicle,
and
(b) the towed vehicle displays a rear number-plate in accordance with
subclause (2) or, when the towed vehicle is not required to display a rear
number-plate, the registration number of the registrable vehicle is displayed
at the rear of the towed vehicle in a manner that complies so far as
practicable with subclause (2).
62 Compliance plates to be affixed to certain
vehicles
Any motor vehicle (other than a tractor, a trailer or an
implement) registered for the first time on or after 1 August 1972 must have
securely and prominently affixed within the engine compartment or other
position approved by the Authority a plate approved by the Australian Motor
Vehicle Certification Board or the Administrator of Vehicle Standards
that:(a) identifies the specific vehicle, and
(b) indicates that it meets the standards and procedures administered
by the Australian Motor Vehicle Certification Board for that class of
vehicle.
63 Trailer compliance plates
(1) This clause applies to the following trailers:(a) a trailer manufactured on or after 1 July 1985 and having an
individual gross trailer weight rating (as determined by the Authority) of
more than 15 tonnes, but not more than 60 tonnes,
(b) a semi-trailer manufactured on or after 1 July 1984 and having an
individual gross trailer weight rating (as determined by the Authority) of
more than 20 tonnes, but not more than 60 tonnes,
(c) a trailer or semi-trailer manufactured on or after 1 January 1986
and having an individual gross trailer weight rating (as determined by the
Authority) of more than 4.5 tonnes, but not more than 60
tonnes.
(2) At and after the time of the first registration of a trailer to
which this clause applies, the trailer must have securely and prominently
affixed to it in a position designated by the Australian Motor Vehicle
Certification Board a plate approved by that Board or the Administrator of
Vehicle Standards that:(a) identifies the specific vehicle, and
(b) indicates that it meets the standards and procedures administered
by the Australian Motor Vehicle Certification Board for that class of
vehicle.
64 White or silver band on certain vehicles
(1) This clause applies to a vehicle that:(a) is at least 2.2 metres wide, and
(b) has a body with a vertical measurement under 300 millimetres at
the rear, measured from the lowest point of the body above ground level to the
highest point, and
(c) is not fitted with rear marking plates in accordance with clause
127.
(2) For subclause (1) (a), the width of a vehicle is measured
disregarding any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation
systems, lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
(3) The vehicle must have a white or silver band at least 75
millimetres high across the full width of the rearmost part of the body of the
vehicle.
65 Warning signs for combinations over 22 metres
long
(1) The following vehicles must display road train warning signs
complying with this clause and clause 67:(a) a combination over 36.5 metres long,
(b) a road train over 30 metres, but not over 36.5 metres, long that
includes 1 or more dog trailers.
(2) The following vehicles must display road train warning signs, or a
long vehicle warning sign, complying with this clause and clause 67:(a) a road train over 22 metres, but not over 30 metres, long that
includes 1 or more dog trailers,
(b) a road train over 22 metres, but not over 36.5 metres, long that
does not include a dog trailer.
(3) Another combination over 22 metres, but not over 36.5 metres, long
must display a long vehicle warning sign complying with this clause and clause
67.
(4) Subclauses (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to the extent of any
inconsistency with a notice or permit issued under another law of this
jurisdiction that applies to the combination.
(5) Road train warning signs must be used in pairs and fitted
horizontally, one at the front and the other at the rear of the
combination.
(6) A long vehicle warning sign must be fitted horizontally at the
rear of the combination.
66 Warning signs not to be displayed on other
vehicles
(1) A road train warning sign must not be displayed on a vehicle
unless the vehicle is part of a combination or road train mentioned in clause
65 (1) or (2).
(2) A long vehicle warning sign must not be displayed on a vehicle
unless the vehicle is a part of a combination or road train mentioned in
clause 65 (2) or (3).
67 Specifications for warning signs
(1) A road train or long vehicle warning sign must be manufactured in
1 or 2 parts from sheet steel 0.8 millimetres thick or another material of at
least the same stiffness, unless it is designed to be fixed to a vehicle using
an adhesive.
(2) The warning sign must be at least 1.02 metres wide and at least
250 millimetres high.
(3) A road train warning sign must display the words “road
train”, and a long vehicle warning sign must display the words
“long vehicle”, in black capital letters at least 180 millimetres
high in typeface Series B (N) that complies with Australian Standard AS 1744–1975 Forms of letters
and numerals for road signs.
(4) If the warning sign is in 2 parts, one word of the expression
“road train” or “long vehicle” must be on one part and
the other word of the expression must be on the other
part.
(5) The warning sign must display the sign manufacturer’s name
or logo, and the brand and class of retroreflective material used, in block
letters not over 10 millimetres high.
(6) The warning sign must have a black
border.
(7) The warning sign must be coated with yellow retroreflective
material of class 1 or 2 that meets Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 1906.1:2007 Retroreflective
materials and devices for road traffic control purposes—Retroreflective
sheeting.
(8) The warning sign must be fitted so:(a) no part of the sign is:(i) over 1.8 metres above ground level, or
(ii) under 500 millimetres above ground level,
and
(b) if the sign is in 2 parts—the parts are fitted at the same
height above ground level.

Positioning of a warning
sign
68 Left-hand drive signs
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes
that has the centre of a steering control to the left of the centre of the
vehicle.
(2) The vehicle must display the words ‘left hand drive’
on the rear of the vehicle.
(3) The words must be in letters at least 75 millimetres high, and in
a colour contrast with the background to the words.
Part 4 Vehicle configuration and dimensions
Note. This Part sets out various requirements covering the suspension on
vehicles and size limits for single vehicles and combinations of vehicles so
that they can be operated safely with other traffic, without taking up too
much road space or damaging the road and structures on the
road.Generally, the limits in this Part apply to a vehicle and any load
it may be carrying.
Specific requirements for loaded vehicles are covered by other
laws.
Division 1 Axles
69 Axle configuration
(1) A motor vehicle, except an articulated bus, must have only:(a) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the vehicle,
and
(b) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the
vehicle.
(2) An articulated bus must have:(a) on its front section:(i) only 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the
section, and
(ii) only 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the
section, and
(b) on another section—only 1 axle group or single
axle.
(3) A trailer must have only:(a) 1 axle group or single axle, or
(b) 2 axle groups, 2 single axles, or 1 axle group and single axle, in
the following configuration:(i) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the front of the vehicle,
with all the wheels on the axle group or single axle connected to the steering
mechanism for that part of the trailer,
(ii) 1 axle group, or single axle, towards the rear of the
vehicle.
(4) A semi-trailer that is extendible, or is fitted with sliding
axles, must:(a) have a securing device that:(i) can securely fix the extendible part or sliding axles to the rest
of the vehicle in any position of adjustment provided, and
(ii) is located in a position that can prevent accidental or
inadvertent release, if the device is mounted on the chassis of the vehicle,
and
(iii) is fitted with a visible or audible warning system to indicate to
a person standing beside the vehicle that the device is not engaged,
and
(iv) is fitted with a way of preventing loss of air from the air brake
supply, if the device uses air from the brake system and fails in a way
allowing air to escape, and
(v) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action
without the intervention of an electric, hydraulic or pneumatic device,
and
(b) be built so the adjustable parts of the vehicle remain connected
if the securing device fails.
70 Relation between axles in axle group
The axles in an axle group, except a twinsteer axle group, fitted
to a vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes must relate to each other through a
load-sharing suspension system.
Division 2 Dimensions
71 Width
(1) A vehicle must not be over 2.5 metres
wide.
(2) For subclause (1), the width of a vehicle is measured without
taking into account any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre
inflation systems, lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre
pressure gauges.
72 Length of single motor vehicles
(1) A motor vehicle, except an articulated or controlled access bus,
must not be over 12.5 metres long.
(2) A controlled access bus must not be over 14.5 metres
long.
(3) An articulated bus must not be over 18 metres
long.
73 Length of single trailers
(1) On a semi-trailer or a dog trailer:(a) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the
trailer and the rear overhang line must not be over 9.5 metres,
and
(b) the distance between the point of articulation at the front of the
trailer and the rear of the trailer must not be over 12.3
metres.
(2) A projection forward of the point of articulation at the front of
a semi-trailer must be contained within a radius of 1.9 metres from the point
of articulation.
Maximum dimensions of a
semi-trailer
(3) If a semi-trailer has 2 or more points of articulation at the
front of the trailer, it must comply with subclauses (1) and (2) when measured
at one of the points.
(4) A trailer built to carry cattle, sheep, pigs or horses on 2 or
more partly or completely overlapping decks must not have over 12.5 metres of
its length available for the carriage of animals.
(5) For subclause (4), the length available for the carriage of
animals on a trailer is measured from the inside of the front wall or door of
the trailer to the inside of the rear wall or door of the trailer, with any
intervening partitions disregarded.
74 Length of combinations
(1) A combination must not be over:(a) for a B-double—25 metres long, and
(b) for a road train—53.5 metres long, and
(c) for a combination, except a road train, designed to carry vehicles
on 2 or more partly or completely overlapping decks—25 metres long,
and
(d) for another combination—19 metres
long.
(2) In a B-double built to carry cattle, sheep, pigs or horses, the 2
semi-trailers must not have over 18.8 metres of their combined length
available for the carriage of animals.
(3) For subclause (2), the length available for the carriage of
animals on a trailer is measured from the inside of the front wall or door of
the trailer to the inside of the rear wall or door of the trailer, with any
intervening partitions disregarded.
75 Rear overhang
(1) The rear overhang of a semi-trailer, or dog trailer consisting of
a semi-trailer and converter dolly, must not exceed the lesser of:(a) 60% of the distance between the point of articulation at the front
and the rear overhang line, and
(b) 3.7 metres.
(2) A semi-trailer with 2 or more points of articulation at the front
must comply with subclause (1) when measured at the same point used for
measurement for compliance with clause 73 (3).
(3) The rear overhang of a trailer with only 1 axle group or single
axle (except a semi-trailer) must not exceed the lesser of:(a) the length of the load carrying area, or body, ahead of the rear
overhang line, and
(b) 3.7 metres.
(4) The rear overhang of a vehicle not mentioned in subclause (1) or
(3) must not exceed the lesser of:(a) 60% of the distance between the centre of the front axle and the
rear overhang line, and
(b) 3.7 metres.
76 Trailer drawbar length
(1) The distance between the coupling pivot point on the drawbar of a
dog trailer, and the centre line of the front axle group or of the front
single axle of the trailer, must:(a) not be over 5 metres, and
(b) not be under 3 metres, if the trailer is used in a road train over
19 metres long.

Length of a drawbar on a dog
trailer
(2) The distance between the coupling pivot point on a drawbar, and
the centre line of the axle group or single axle on a trailer with only 1 axle
group or single axle (except a semi-trailer) must not be over 8.5
metres.
77 Height
(1) A vehicle must not be over 4.3 metres
high.
(2) However:(a) a vehicle built to carry cattle, sheep, pigs or horses must not be
over 4.6 metres high, and
(b) a double-deck bus must not be over 4.4 metres
high.
78 Ground clearance
(1) In this clause:ground
clearance, of a vehicle, means the minimum distance to the ground
from a point on the underside of the vehicle, except a point on a tyre, wheel,
wheel hub, brake backing plate or flexible mudguard or mudflap of the
vehicle.
(2) A motor vehicle or combination must have a ground clearance
of:(a) at least 100 millimetres at any point within 1 metre of an axle,
and
(b) at least one-thirtieth of the distance between the centres of
adjacent axles at the midpoint between them, and
(c) at any other point—at least the distance that allows the
vehicle or combination to pass over a peak in the road with a gradient on
either side of 1:15, if the wheels of 1 axle of the vehicle or combination are
on the slope on one side of the peak and the wheels of the next axle are on
the slope on the other side.
(3) However, subclause (2) does not apply to:(a) a motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels, or
(b) a combination that includes a motor vehicle with less than 4
wheels.

Ground clearance at the mid-point between 2
axles

Ground clearance over a peak in the
road
Division 3 Exceptions to requirements as to
dimensions
79 Dimensions of vehicles regulated by permit
The limits prescribed in this Part for the dimensions of motor
vehicles do not apply to a vehicle that is exempted from the dimension limits
by the operation of clause 90 of this Regulation.
80 Vehicle lengths
(1) Despite clause 73 (1) (a), the distance from the point of
articulation of a low-loader to the foremost extremity of the rear overhang
may exceed 9.5 metres.
(2) Despite clause 73 (1) (b), the distance from the point of
articulation of a low-loader to the rearmost extremity of the rear overhang
may exceed 12.3 metres.
81 Rear overhang of controlled access bus
Despite clause 75 (4), the rear overhang of a controlled access
bus must not exceed 70% of the distance between the centre of the foremost
axle and the foremost extremity of the rear overhang, or 4.9 metres, whichever
is the shorter length.
Part 5 Lights and reflectors
Note. This Part deals with how the lights on a vehicle must be fitted
and work so that the driver can see the road, pedestrians and other vehicles
at night, and can signal to others.Other laws provide for when certain lights must be switched
on.
In this Part, the description “yellow” is used as a
more modern term, instead of the description “amber” which is used
in earlier legislation and some ADRs.
Division 1 General requirements for lights
82 Lighting devices that can be attached to
vehicles
A device capable of projecting light must not be attached to any
vehicle unless it is a device required or permitted to be attached to the
vehicle by this Schedule.
83 Certain requirements apply only at night
The requirements of this Part for a light, except a brake or
direction indicator light, to be visible over a stated distance apply only at
night.
84 Prevention of glare
A light, except a high-beam headlight, fitted to a vehicle must be
built and adjusted to provide the necessary amount of light without dazzling
the driver of another vehicle approaching, or being approached by, the
vehicle.
85 Pairs of lights
(1) If lights are required under this Schedule to be fitted to a
vehicle in pairs:(a) a light must be fitted on each side of the longitudinal axis of
the vehicle, and
(b) the centre of each light in a pair must be the same distance from
the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, and
(c) the centre of each light in a pair must be at the same height
above ground level, and
(d) each light in a pair must project approximately the same amount of
light of the same colour.
(2) Subclause (1) applies to a motor bike with an attached sidecar as
if the sidecar were not attached.
Division 2 Headlights
86 Headlights to be fitted to vehicles
(1) A motor vehicle must be fitted with:(a) 1 low-beam headlight if it is a moped, motor bike, or motor trike
with 1 front wheel, or
(b) a pair of low-beam headlights if it has 4 or more wheels or is a
motor trike, except a moped, with 2 front wheels.
(2) If a motor vehicle built after 1934 can travel at over 60
kilometres an hour:(a) each low-beam headlight mentioned in subclause (1) must be able to
work in the high-beam position, or
(b) the vehicle must be fitted with:(i) 1 headlight that can work in the high-beam position if the vehicle
is required to have 1 low-beam headlight, or
(ii) a pair of headlights that can work in the high-beam
position.
(3) A motor bike may be equipped with a headlight modulation system
that:(a) varies the brightness of its high-beam headlight or low-beam
headlight, but not both, at a rate of at least 200 and at most 280 flashes a
minute, and
(b) is designed to operate only in
daylight.
(4) Additional headlights may be fitted to a motor bike or motor
trike, or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that was built before
1970.
(5) Additional pairs of headlights may be fitted to a motor vehicle
with 4 or more wheels that was built after 1969.
(6) Despite clause 17 and any requirement of the third edition ADR, an
emergency services vehicle may be fitted with headlights or additional
headlights that are capable of flashing if:(a) the headlights flash only when on low beam,
and
(b) the headlights are wired to operate in conjunction with any
flashing or rotating lights fitted to the vehicle as permitted by clause 124
(4).
(7) In this clause, an emergency
services vehicle means any of the following:(a) a police vehicle,
(b) an ambulance,
(c) a firefighting vehicle,
(d) a Red Cross vehicle used for conveyance of blood for urgent
transfusions,
(e) a mines rescue or other rescue vehicle,
(f) another vehicle that is an emergency vehicle within the meaning of
the Road Rules
2008.
87 How headlights are to be fitted
(1) The centres of low-beam headlights fitted as a pair on a motor
vehicle with 4 or more wheels must be at least 600 millimetres
apart.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to a motor vehicle built
before 1970 if the centres of its low-beam headlights:(a) were under 600 millimetres apart when the vehicle was built,
and
(b) are not nearer than they were when the vehicle was
built.
(3) Each low-beam headlight of a pair on a motor trike (except a
moped) with 2 front wheels must not be over 400 millimetres from the nearer
side of the vehicle.
(4) The centre of a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built
after June 1953 must be:(a) at least 500 millimetres above ground level,
and
(b) not over 1.4 metres above ground level.
88 How single headlights are to be fitted
(1) A motor bike or trike with a single headlight fitted must have the
light fitted in the centre.
(2) Subclause (1) applies to a motor bike with an attached sidecar as
if the sidecar were not attached.
89 How additional headlights are to be fitted
If 2 or more additional headlights are fitted to a motor vehicle
with 4 or more wheels, the additional headlights must as far as possible be
fitted in pairs.
90 Performance of headlights
(1) When on, a headlight, or additional headlight, fitted to a vehicle
must:(a) show only white light, and
(b) project its main beam of light ahead of the
vehicle.
(2) Headlights must be fitted to a vehicle so their light does not
reflect off the vehicle into the driver’s
eyes.
91 Effective range of headlights
(1) This clause applies to a headlight that is on at
night.
(2) A low-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle
for at least 25 metres.
(3) A high-beam headlight must illuminate the road ahead of the
vehicle for at least 50 metres.
(4) However, a low-beam headlight fitted to a motor vehicle built
before 1931, or a moped, need only illuminate the road ahead of the vehicle
for 12 metres.
92 Changing headlights from high-beam to low-beam
position
(1) A motor vehicle built after 1934 that can travel at over 60
kilometres an hour must be fitted with:(a) a dipping device enabling the driver in the normal driving
position:(i) to change the headlights from the high-beam position to the
low-beam position, or
(ii) simultaneously to switch off a high-beam headlight and switch on a
low-beam headlight, and
(b) for a vehicle built after June 1953—a device to indicate to
the driver that the headlights are in the high-beam
position.
(2) A headlight fitted to a vehicle not fitted with a dipping device
mentioned in subclause (1) (a) must operate in the low-beam
position.
(3) When a headlight fitted to a vehicle is switched to the low-beam
position, any other headlight on the vehicle must operate only in the low-beam
position or be off.
Division 3 Parking lights
93 Parking lights
(1) A motor vehicle built after June 1953 must be fitted with:(a) a pair of parking lights if it is a motor trike with 2 front
wheels (except a moped) or a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels,
or
(b) at least 1 parking light if it is a motor bike with an attached
sidecar, or a motor trike with 1 front wheel (except a
moped).
(2) A pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more
wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light:(a) at least 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light,
and
(b) not over 510 millimetres from the nearer side of the
vehicle.
(3) However, a pair of parking lights fitted to a motor vehicle under
1300 millimetres wide may be fitted with the centre of each light not under
400 millimetres from the centre of the other light.
(4) A parking light fitted to a motor trike with 2 front wheels must
not be over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the
vehicle.
(5) A parking light fitted to a motor bike with a sidecar must be
fitted not over 150 millimetres from the side of the sidecar furthest from the
motor bike.
Location of parking lights on a
vehicle
(6) When on, a parking light must:(a) show a white or yellow light visible 200 metres from the front of
the vehicle, and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
(7) A parking light fitted to a motor vehicle built after 1969 must be
wired so the parking light is on when a headlight on the vehicle is
on.
(8) A parking light fitted to a sidecar attached to a motor bike must
be wired to operate when a headlight, tail light or parking light on the motor
bike is on.
(9) For subclause (3), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding
any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation systems,
lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
Division 4 Daytime running lights
94 Daytime running lights
(1) A pair of daytime running lights may be fitted to a motor
vehicle.
(2) A pair of daytime running lights fitted to a vehicle with 4 or
more wheels must be fitted with the centre of each light:(a) at least 600 millimetres from the centre of the other light,
and
(b) not over 510 millimetres from the nearer side of the
vehicle.
(3) However, a pair of daytime running lights fitted to a motor
vehicle under 1300 millimetres wide may be fitted with the centre of each
light not under 400 millimetres from the centre of the other
light.
Location of daytime running lights on a
vehicle
(4) When on, a daytime running light must:(a) show a white or yellow light visible from the front of the
vehicle, and
(b) not use over 25 watts power.
Note. The third edition ADRs only allow white daytime running
lights.
(5) Daytime running lights must be wired so they are off when a
headlight, except a headlight being used as a flashing signal, is
on.
(6) For subclause (3), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding
any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation systems,
lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
Division 5 Tail lights
95 Tail lights generally
(1) A vehicle must have at least 1 tail light fitted on or towards the
rear of the vehicle.
(2) A motor trike with 2 rear wheels, or a motor vehicle with 4 or
more wheels, built after 1959 must have at least 1 tail light fitted on or
towards each side of the rear of the vehicle.
(3) A trailer built after June 1973 must have at least 1 tail light
fitted on or towards each side of the rear of the
vehicle.
(4) The centre of a tail light mentioned in subclause (1), (2) or (3)
must not be over:(a) 1.5 metres above ground level, or
(b) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2.1 metres
above ground level.
(5) A vehicle may have 1 or more additional tail lights at any height
above ground level.
96 Pattern of fitting tail lights
(1) If only 1 tail light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in
the centre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle’s
rear.
(2) Subclause (1) applies to a motor bike with an attached sidecar as
if the sidecar were not attached.
(3) If 2 or more tail lights are fitted to a vehicle, at least 2 must
be fitted as a pair.
Location of tail lights on a
vehicle
(4) Tail lights fitted in accordance with this Division may also serve
as rear clearance lights if they are fitted to a vehicle in accordance with
clause 102 (3).
97 Performance of tail lights
(1) When on, a tail light of a vehicle must:(a) show a red light visible 200 metres from the rear of the vehicle,
and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
(2) A tail light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a blue
lens not over 20 millimetres in diameter.
98 Wiring of tail lights
A tail light of a motor vehicle must be wired to come on, and stay
on, when a parking light or headlight on the vehicle is on, unless an external
switch is fitted to operate the tail light.
Division 6 Number-plate lights
99 Number-plate lights
(1) At least 1 number-plate light must be fitted to the rear of a
vehicle.
(2) When on, the number-plate light or lights must illuminate a
number-plate on the rear of the vehicle (other than an auxiliary number-plate)
with white light, so the characters on the number-plate can be read at night
20 metres from the rear of the vehicle.
(3) A number-plate light:(a) may be combined with another light, and
(b) must not project white light to the rear of the vehicle except by
reflection, and
(c) must not obscure the characters on the number-plate,
and
(d) must be wired to come on, and stay on, when a parking light,
headlight or tail light on the vehicle is on.
Division 7 Clearance lights
100 Front clearance lights
(1) Front clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at
least 1.8 metres wide.
(2) A pair of front clearance lights must be fitted to a motor vehicle
that is at least 2.2 metres wide, or a prime mover.
(3) The centre of a front clearance light must be:(a) not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle,
and
(b) if the vehicle was built after June 1953:(i) at least 750 millimetres higher than the centre of any low-beam
headlight fitted to the vehicle, or
(ii) not lower than the top of the
windscreen.
(4) However, a front clearance light may be mounted on an external
rear vision mirror or a mirror support if, when the mirror is correctly
adjusted, no part of the lens of the clearance light is visible to a person in
the normal driving position.
(5) When on, a front clearance light must:(a) show a yellow or white light visible 200 metres from the front of
the vehicle, and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
101 External cabin lights
(1) A motor vehicle fitted with front clearance lights may also have
additional forward-facing lights on or above the roof of its
cabin.
(2) The additional forward-facing lights must be spaced evenly between
the front clearance lights, with their centres at least 120 millimetres
apart.
(3) When on, an additional forward-facing light must:(a) show a yellow or white light, and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
102 Rear clearance lights
(1) Rear clearance lights may only be fitted to a vehicle that is at
least 1.8 metres wide.
(2) A pair of rear clearance lights must be fitted to the rear of a
vehicle that is at least 2.2 metres wide.
(3) The centre of a rear clearance light must be:(a) not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the vehicle,
and
(b) if practicable, at least 600 millimetres above ground
level.
(4) When on, a rear clearance light must:(a) show a red light visible 200 metres from the rear of the vehicle,
and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
Division 8 Side marker lights
103 Vehicles needing side marker lights
(1) A pair of side marker lights must be fitted towards the rear of
the sides of a motor vehicle that is over 7.5 metres long and at least 2.2
metres wide.
(2) A pole-type trailer, and a motor vehicle built to tow a pole-type
trailer, with at least 1 cross-bar or bolster must have a side marker light
fitted to each side of the back or only cross-bar or
bolster.
(3) A pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or bolsters may also
have a side marker light fitted to each side of the front cross-bar or
bolster.
(4) At least 2 side marker lights must be fitted to each side
of:(a) a trailer, except a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2 metres
wide and not over 7.5 metres long, and
(b) a semi-trailer that is not over 7.5 metres
long.
(5) At least 3 side marker lights must be fitted to each side
of:(a) a trailer, except a pole-type trailer, that is at least 2.2 metres
wide and over 7.5 metres long, and
(b) a semi-trailer that is over 7.5 metres
long.
(6) For subclauses (1), (4) and (5), the width of a vehicle is
measured disregarding any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre
inflation systems, lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre
pressure gauges.
104 Location of side marker lights
(1) The centre of a side marker light must not be over 150 millimetres
from the nearer side of the vehicle.
(2) A front side marker light fitted to a motor vehicle must be
towards the front of the side of the vehicle with no part of the lens visible
to the driver.
(3) The centre of a front side marker light fitted to a trailer must
be:(a) within 300 millimetres of the front of the side of the trailer,
or
(b) if the construction of the trailer makes it impracticable to
comply with paragraph (a)—as near as practicable to the front of the
trailer.
(4) The centre of a rear side marker light fitted to a vehicle must
be:(a) within 300 millimetres of the rear of the side of the vehicle,
or
(b) if the construction of the vehicle makes it impracticable to
comply with paragraph (a)—as near as practicable to the rear of the
vehicle.
(5) Side marker lights fitted to a vehicle must, as far as
practicable, be evenly spaced along the side of the
vehicle.
(6) Subclauses (2)–(5) do not apply to side marker lights fitted
to a cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer.
(7) Only the side marker lights nearest to the rear need be fitted if
complying with subclauses (3) and (4) would result in the front and rear side
marker lights being under 2.5 metres apart.
(8) A side marker light fitted to a vehicle must be fitted so
that:(a) its centre is not over:(i) 1.5 metres above ground level, or
(ii) if it is not practicable to fit it lower—2.1 metres above
ground level, and
(b) its centre is at least 600 millimetres above ground level,
and
(c) it is, as far as practicable, in a row of side marker lights along
the side of the vehicle.
(9) Subclause (8) (a) does not apply to a side marker light that is
not required to be fitted to the vehicle by clause
103.
105 Performance of side marker lights
(1) When on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must:(a) show a light visible 200 metres from the vehicle,
and
(b) not use over 7 watts power.
(2) When on, a side marker light fitted to a vehicle must show:(a) to the front of the vehicle—a yellow light,
and
(b) to the rear of the vehicle:(i) if the light also operates as a rear light or reflector—a
red light, and
(ii) in any other case—a red or yellow
light.
(3) However, if a pole-type trailer with 2 or more cross-bars or
bolsters has the side marker lights permitted by clause 103 (3):(a) the side marker lights fitted to the front cross-bar or bolster
may comply with subclause (2) (a) only, and
(b) the side marker lights fitted to the back cross-bar or bolster may
comply with subclause (2) (b) only.
106 Side marker lights and rear clearance lights
The side marker light nearest to the rear of a vehicle may also be
a rear clearance light for the purposes of clause 102.
Division 9 Brake lights
107 Fitting brake lights
(1) A brake light must be fitted to the rear of a vehicle built after
1934.
(2) A pair of brake lights must be fitted to the rear of:(a) a motor vehicle built after 1 October 1991 that has 4 or more
wheels, and
(b) a motor trike built after 1 October 1991 that has 2 rear wheels,
and
(c) a trailer built after June 1973.
(3) The centre of a brake light must be:(a) at least 350 millimetres above ground level,
and
(b) not over:(i) 1.5 metres above ground level, or
(ii) if it is not practicable to fit the light lower—2.1 metres
above ground level.
(4) A vehicle may be fitted with 1 or more additional brake
lights.
(5) The centre of an additional brake light must be at least 350
millimetres above ground level.
(6) If only 1 brake light is fitted to a vehicle, it must be fitted in
the centre or to the right of the centre of the vehicle’s
rear.
(7) Subclause (6) applies to a motor bike with an attached sidecar as
if the sidecar were not attached.

Location of brake lights on a
vehicle
108 Performance and operation of brake lights
(1) When on, a brake light must show a red light visible 30 metres
from the rear of the vehicle.
(2) A brake light fitted to a street rod vehicle may incorporate a
blue lens not over 20 millimetres in diameter.
(3) A brake light fitted to a motor vehicle must come on, if it is not
already on, when:(a) for a vehicle with 4 or more wheels or built after 1974—a
service brake is applied, or
(b) for another vehicle—the rear wheel brake is
applied.
(4) Subclause (3) does not apply if the controls in the vehicle that
start the engine are in a position that makes it impossible for the engine to
operate.
(5) A brake light on a trailer must come on when:(a) the brake light of the towing vehicle comes on,
or
(b) a brake control on the towing vehicle, which independently
activates the service brake on the trailer, is
operated.
(6) A brake light may be operated by an engine brake, retarder or
similar device if the device does not interfere with the proper operation of
the brake light.
Division 10 Reversing lights
109 Reversing lights
(1) One or more reversing lights may be fitted to the rear of a
vehicle and on each side towards the rear of the
vehicle.
(2) A reversing light must have its centre not over 1.2 metres above
ground level.
(3) When on, a reversing light must show a white or yellow light to
the rear or to the side and rear of the vehicle.Note. Third edition ADRs only allow white reversing
lights.
(4) A reversing light fitted to a motor vehicle must be wired so it
operates only when the vehicle is reversing or in reverse
gear.
(5) A reversing light fitted to a trailer must be wired so it operates
only when a motor vehicle towing the trailer is reversing or in reverse
gear.
(6) A yellow reversing light may also operate as a direction indicator
light.
Division 11 Direction indicator lights
110 Direction indicator lights on motor vehicles
(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that was built after August
1966 must have:(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
front that face forwards, and
(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
rear that face backwards.
(2) A motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels that was built after June
1975 must have:(a) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
front that face forwards, and
(b) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
rear that face backwards.
(3) A motor vehicle that is not required to have direction indicator
lights may have:(a) 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights that are visible
from both the front and rear of the vehicle, or
(b) both:(i) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
front that face forwards, and
(ii) a pair of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its
rear that face backwards.
111 Direction indicator lights on trailers
(1) A trailer built after June 1973 must have a pair of direction
indicator lights fitted on, or towards, its rear that face
backwards.
(2) A trailer that is not required to have direction indicator lights
may have 1 or more pairs of direction indicator lights fitted on, or towards,
its rear that face backwards.
112 Location of direction indicator lights
(1) A pair of direction indicator lights fitted to a vehicle must have
the centre of each light at least:(a) for a motor bike or the single wheel end of a motor
trike—300 millimetres from the centre of the other light,
and
(b) for lights fitted at the 2 wheel end of a motor trike—600
millimetres from the centre of the other light, unless the centre of each
direction indicator light is not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of
the vehicle, and
(c) for another vehicle with a width of not over 1300
millimetres—400 millimetres from the centre of the other light,
and
(d) for another vehicle with a width of over 1300
millimetres—600 millimetres from the centre of the other
light.
(2) The centre of each direction indicator light must be at least 350
millimetres above ground level.
(3) The centre of each light in a pair of direction indicator lights
required to be fitted to a vehicle must not be over:(a) 1.5 metres above ground level, or
(b) if it is not practicable for the light to be fitted
lower—2.1 metres above ground level.
(4) For subclause (1), the width of a vehicle is measured disregarding
any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation systems,
lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
113 Operation and visibility of direction indicator
lights
(1) A direction indicator light fitted to a motor vehicle must:(a) when operating, display regular flashes of light at a rate of not
over 120 flashes a minute, and:(i) for a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels—at least 60
flashes a minute, or
(ii) for any other motor vehicle—at least 45 flashes a minute,
and
(b) be able to be operated by a person in the normal driving position,
and
(c) be wired to an audible or visible device in the vehicle that tells
the driver that the direction indicator light is operating,
and
(d) flash at the same time and rate as any other direction indicator
lights fitted on the same side of the vehicle.
(2) A direction indicator light fitted to a side of a trailer must,
when operating, flash at the same time and rate as the direction indicator
light or lights fitted to the same side of the motor vehicle towing the
trailer.
(3) The flashes of light displayed by a direction indicator light must
be:(a) if the light faces forward—white or yellow,
and
(b) if the light faces backwards:(i) yellow, or
(ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red,
and
(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle:(i) white or yellow towards the front and side,
and
(ii) for a vehicle built before July 1973—yellow or red towards
the rear and side, and
(iii) for a vehicle built after June 1973—yellow towards the rear
and side.
Note. The ADRs only allow yellow direction indicator
lights.
(4) If a motor vehicle’s direction indicator lights display only
yellow light, the vehicle may be equipped to allow the lights to operate
simultaneously on both sides of the vehicle, if a visible or audible signal
tells the driver when the lights are operating
simultaneously.
(5) When on, a direction indicator light must be visible 30 metres
from:(a) if the light faces forwards—the front of the vehicle,
or
(b) if the light faces backwards—the rear of the vehicle,
or
(c) if the light faces out from the side of the vehicle—that
side of the vehicle.
(6) When on, each direction indicator light in at least 1 pair of
lights fitted on or towards the front of a prime mover, or a motor vehicle
over 7.5 metres long, must be visible at a point:(a) 1.5 metres at right angles from the side of the vehicle where the
light is fitted, and
(b) in line with the rear of the vehicle.
Division 12 Fog lights
114 Front fog lights
(1) A pair of front fog lights may be fitted to a motor vehicle with 4
or more wheels.
(2) A pair of front fog lights, or a single front fog light, may be
fitted to a motor bike or trike.
(3) A pair of front fog lights fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or
more wheels must have the centre of each light not over 400 millimetres from
the nearer side of the vehicle unless the centres of the lights are at least
600 millimetres apart.
(4) If the top of the front fog light is higher than the top of any
low-beam headlight on the vehicle, the centre of the fog light must not be
higher than the centre of the low-beam headlight.
(5) A front fog light must:(a) when on:(i) project white or yellow light in front of the vehicle,
and
(ii) be a low-beam light, and
(b) be able to be operated independently of any headlight,
and
(c) be fitted so the light from it does not reflect off the vehicle
into the driver’s eyes.
115 Rear fog lights
(1) A vehicle may have fitted to its rear:(a) a pair of rear fog lights, or
(b) 1 rear fog light fitted on, or to the right, of the centre of the
vehicle.
(2) Subclause (1) (b) applies to a motor bike with an attached sidecar
as if the sidecar were not attached.
(3) A rear fog light must:(a) have its centre:(i) not over 1.5 metres above ground level, and
(ii) at least 100 millimetres from the centre of a brake light,
and
(b) when on, project red light behind the vehicle,
and
(c) not use over 27 watts power, and
(d) be wired to a visible device in the vehicle that tells the driver
that the rear fog light is operating.
Division 13 Interior lights
116 Interior lights
A vehicle may be fitted with interior lights that illuminate any
interior part of the vehicle.
Division 14 Reflectors generally
117 General requirements for reflectors
(1) A reflector fitted to a vehicle must show a red, yellow or white
reflection of light when light is projected directly onto the reflector at
night by a low-beam headlight that:(a) is 45 metres from the reflector, and
(b) complies with this Schedule.
(2) The reflection must be clearly visible from the position of the
headlight.
(3) A reflector may be in the form of reflecting sheeting or tape or
other efficient reflecting material.
Division 15 Rear reflectors
118 Rear reflectors
(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, and a trailer, must have a
rear-facing red reflector towards each side of its
rear.
(2) A motor bike, a sidecar attached to a motor bike, and a motor
trike, must have a rear-facing red reflector.
(3) The centre of each reflector must be:(a) at the same height above ground level, and
(b) not over 1.5 metres above ground level.
(4) However, subclause (3) does not apply to a reflector fitted to a
sidecar attached to a motor bike.
(5) A reflector fitted to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a
trailer, must not be over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the
vehicle.
(6) A vehicle fitted with rear-facing red reflectors in accordance
with subclause (1) or (2) may be fitted with additional red reflectors at any
height above ground level or at any distance from the side of the
vehicle.
Division 16 Side reflectors
119 Compulsory side reflectors on pole-type
trailers
(1) Yellow or red side-facing reflectors must be fitted to the pole of
a pole-type trailer so:(a) 1 reflector is fitted to the middle third of the left and right
faces of the pole, and
(b) the front reflector is not over 3 metres from the front of the
trailer, and
(c) the other reflectors are not over 3 metres
apart.
(2) Additional side-facing reflectors may be fitted to a pole-type
trailer in accordance with clause 120.
120 Optional side reflectors
(1) A vehicle may be fitted with side-facing
reflectors.
(2) A side-facing reflector:(a) towards the front of the vehicle must be yellow or white,
and
(b) towards the rear of the vehicle must be yellow or red,
and
(c) on the central part of the vehicle must be
yellow.
Division 17 Front reflectors
121 Compulsory front reflectors on trailers
(1) A front-facing white or yellow reflector must be fitted towards
each side of the front of:(a) a semi-trailer, except a pole-type trailer,
and
(b) the front cross-bar or bolster of a pole-type trailer,
and
(c) a trailer that is at least 2.2 metres
wide.
(2) Each reflector must have its centre:(a) at the same height above ground level, and
(b) not over 1.5 metres above ground level, and
(c) not over 400 millimetres from the nearer side of the
vehicle.
(3) Additional front-facing reflectors may be fitted to a trailer
mentioned in subclause (1) in accordance with clause
122.
122 Optional front reflectors
(1) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels, or a trailer, may have 1 or
more front-facing white or yellow reflectors fitted towards each side of its
front.
(2) A motor vehicle with less than 4 wheels may have 1 or more
front-facing white or yellow reflectors.
(3) The centre of at least 1 reflector on each side of the front of
the vehicle must be:(a) at the same height above ground level as the centre of the other
reflector, and
(b) the same distance from the longitudinal axis of the vehicle as the
centre of the other reflector, and
(c) at least:(i) for a vehicle with a width under 1300 millimetres—400
millimetres from the centre of the other reflector, and
(ii) for another vehicle—600 millimetres from the centre of the
other reflector.
(4) For subclause (3) (c), the width of a vehicle is measured
disregarding any anti-skid device mounted on wheels, central tyre inflation
systems, lights, mirrors, reflectors, signalling devices and tyre pressure
gauges.
Division 18 Spot and search lights
123 Spot and search lights
A motor vehicle may be equipped with a spot or search
light.
Division 19 Other lights, reflectors, rear marking plates or
signals
124 Other lights and reflectors
(1) A vehicle may be fitted with any light or reflector not mentioned
in this Schedule.
(2) However, unless subclause (3), (4) or (5) applies, a vehicle must
not display:(a) a light that flashes or rotates, or
(b) a light or reflector that:(i) shows a red light to the front, or
(ii) shows a white light to the rear, or
(iii) is shaped or located in a way that reduces the effectiveness of a
light or reflector that is required to be fitted to the vehicle under this
Schedule, or
(iv) shows a blue light.
(3) Despite clause 17 and any requirement of a third edition ADR, an
emergency vehicle or police vehicle may be fitted with any light or
reflector.
(4) Despite clause 17 and any requirement of a third edition ADR, the
following vehicles may be fitted with a light or lights, at least one of which
must be mounted on top of the vehicle, capable of displaying a flashing or
rotating light:(a) ambulances,
(b) police vehicles,
(c) fire fighting vehicles,
(d) mines rescue or other rescue vehicles,
(e) Red Cross vehicles used for conveyance of blood for urgent
transfusions,
(f) public utility service vehicles,
(g) tow-trucks,
(h) motor breakdown service vehicles,
(i) vehicles used for the delivery of milk that are required to stop
at frequent intervals,
(j) buses used solely or principally for the conveyance of children to
or from school,
(k) vehicles exceeding the length, width and height limits of this
Schedule,
(l) vehicles frequently used to transport loads that exceed the
maximum length, width and height limits of this Schedule,
(m) vehicles used to escort vehicles referred to in paragraph (k) or
(l),
(n) vehicles used by the Authority,
(o) vehicles used by an employee of a council of a local government
area for the purposes of enforcing excess weight limits
legislation,
(p) State Emergency Service vehicles,
(q) such other vehicles as are approved by the
Authority.
(5) Despite subclause (4), a police vehicle is not required to have a
light mounted on top of the vehicle.
(6) Despite subclause (4), a vehicle used by the Authority is not
required to have a light mounted on top of the
vehicle.
(7) Any such light must be capable of displaying:(a) in the case of a police vehicle, an ambulance, a fire fighting
vehicle, a vehicle used by a Traffic Commander or Traffic Emergency Patroller
(appointed or employed by the Authority), a State Emergency Service vehicle or
a vehicle used by an accredited rescue unit (within the meaning of the State Emergency and Rescue Management Act
1989)—a blue or red light, or
(b) in the case of a Red Cross vehicle, a mines rescue or other rescue
vehicle or an emergency vehicle within the meaning of the Road Rules 2008
(other than a vehicle referred to in paragraph (a))—a red light,
or
(c) in the case of a vehicle used by the Authority or a vehicle used
by a council of a local government area for the purposes of enforcing excess
weight limits legislation—a crimson light, or
(d) in the case of a fire brigade emergency site command
vehicle—a green light, or
(e) in the case of any other vehicle—a yellow light unless
otherwise approved by the Authority.
(8) The lens of any such light must not be visible, either directly or
indirectly, to the driver of the motor vehicle or trailer to which it is
fitted when that driver is seated in the normal driving
position.
(9) The light from any such light mounted on the top of the vehicle
must be visible in normal sunlight from a distance of at least 200 metres to a
driver approaching that vehicle from any direction.
(10) Subclause (7) does not apply to the extent that it is inconsistent
with a requirement of the Road Transport (Mass, Loading and Access)
Regulation 2005 (or any regulation that replaces that
regulation) relating to oversize vehicles or pilot or escort
vehicles.
(11) In this clause, excess
weight limits legislation means any of the following:(a) Chapter 3 of the Road Transport
(General) Act 2005,
(b) the Road
Transport (Mass, Loading and Access) Regulation 2005 or any
regulation that replaces that regulation.
125 Flashing direction indicator lights
(1) A motor vehicle that:(a) is specified in clause 124 (4), and
(b) has direction indicator lights that show yellow light to the
front,
may be equipped with a device that will cause the direction indicator
lights fitted to the front and rear and on both sides of the vehicle, and any
trailer connected to the vehicle, to flash simultaneously and regularly at a
rate of not less than 60 and not more than 120 flashes per
minute.
(2) When all such lights fitted to a motor vehicle and trailer (if
any) are flashing simultaneously, there must be an indicator that will inform
the driver, by visible and audible means, that the lights are
flashing.
126 Flashing lights on other vehicles—street vending
vehicles
Street vending vehicles must be fitted with a flashing warning
light mounted on the roof of the vehicle. Any such light must:(a) be capable of displaying a rotating, flashing, yellow coloured
light, and
(b) commence to emit light within 1 second of being switched on,
and
(c) when switched on, flash regularly at a rate of not less than 60
times per minute, and
(d) be connected to an indicator that will inform the driver, by
visible and audible means, that the light is flashing, and
(e) emit light that is visible in normal sunlight from a distance of
at least 200 metres to a driver approaching the vehicle from any
direction.
127 Rear marking plates
(1) In this clause:rear marking
plate means a rear marking plate complying with rule 13.6.101 of
third edition ADR 13.
(2) Rear marking plates must be fitted to:(a) a motor vehicle with a GVM over 12 tonnes, except a bus fitted
with hand grips or similar equipment for standing passengers to hold,
and
(b) a trailer with a GTM over 10 tonnes.
(3) Subclause (2) applies to a vehicle even if it was built before the
date stated in the ADR.
(4) Rear marking plates may be fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM
not over 12 tonnes or a trailer with a GTM not over 10
tonnes.

An example of rear marking plates

An alternative pattern for rear marking
plates
128 Signalling devices
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle if:(a) the vehicle is not fitted with a brake light or direction
indicator light mentioned in Division 9 or 11, and
(b) the construction of the vehicle would otherwise prevent the driver
from hand signalling an intention:(i) to turn or move the vehicle to the right, or
(ii) to stop or suddenly reduce the speed of the
vehicle.
(2) The vehicle must be fitted with a mechanical signalling device or
a pair of turn signals.
129 Mechanical signalling devices
(1) A mechanical signalling device must:(a) be fitted to the right side of the vehicle,
and
(b) be able to be operated by the driver from a normal driving
position, and
(c) consist of a white or yellow representation of an open human hand
at least 15 centimetres long, and
(d) be constructed so that the driver of the vehicle can keep the
device:(i) in a neutral position so it is unlikely that the driver of another
vehicle or anyone else would regard it as a signal, and
(ii) in a horizontal position with the palm of the hand facing forwards
and the fingers pointing out at a right angle to the vehicle to signal an
intention to turn or move right, and
(iii) with the palm of the hand facing forwards and the fingers pointing
upwards to signal an intention to stop or reduce speed
suddenly.
(2) When the mechanical signalling device is in a position mentioned
in subclause (1) (d) (ii) or (iii), the complete hand must be clearly visible,
from both the front and the rear of the vehicle, at a distance of 30
metres.
130 Turn signals
A turn signal must:(a) consist of a steady or flashing illuminated yellow sign at least
15 centimetres long and 25 millimetres wide that:(i) when in operation—is kept horizontal,
and
(ii) when not in operation—is kept in a position so it is
unlikely that the driver of another vehicle or anyone else would regard it as
a signal, and
(b) be fitted to the side of the motor vehicle at least 50 centimetres
and not over 2.1 metres above ground level, in a position so the driver of the
vehicle, from the normal driving position, can see whether the signal is in
operation, and
(c) be able to be operated by the driver from the normal driving
position, and
(d) when in operation, be visible from both the front and rear of the
vehicle at a distance of 30 metres.
Division 20 Vehicles not required to have lights or
reflectors
131 Certain vehicles used in daylight
This Part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1931 that is
used only in the daylight.
132 Certain vehicles used for exhibition purposes
This Part does not apply to a vehicle built before 1946 that is
used mainly for exhibition purposes.
Part 6 Braking systems
Note. This Part sets out the braking system requirements for vehicles to
ensure that they can be reliably slowed or stopped even if a part of a braking
system fails, and to ensure that a vehicle can be prevented from rolling away
when parked.The Part also includes special requirements for braking systems on
B-doubles and road trains to ensure that the braking systems on the component
vehicles are compatible. The special requirements do not apply to a road train
that is 19 metres long or less.
Division 1 Brake requirements for all vehicles
133 Parts of a braking system
(1) A brake tube or hose fitted to a vehicle must:(a) be manufactured from a material appropriate to its intended use in
the vehicle, and
(b) be long enough to allow for the full range of steering and
suspension movements of the vehicle, and
(c) be fitted to prevent it being damaged during the operation of the
vehicle by:(i) a source of heat, or
(ii) any movement of the parts to which it is attached or
near.
(2) Each component of the braking system of a vehicle must comply with
the design and performance requirements of:(a) a relevant Australian Standard or British Standard as in force
when this subclause commenced, or
(b) a relevant standard approved by any of the following bodies, and
as in force when this subclause commenced:(i) American Society of Automotive Engineers,
(ii) American National Standards Institute,
(iii) Japanese Standards Association,
(iv) Deutsches Institut für Normung,
(v) International Organization for
Standardization.
134 Provision for wear
The braking system of a vehicle must allow for adjustment to take
account of normal wear.
135 Supply of air or vacuum to brakes
(1) If air brakes are fitted to a vehicle:(a) the compressor supplying air to the brakes must be able to build
up air pressure to at least 80% of the governor cut-out pressure in not over 5
minutes after the compressed air reserve is fully used up,
and
(b) for a vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes—the air storage
tanks must have sufficient capacity to allow 5 applications of the service
brakes before the air pressure drops below half the governor cut-out pressure,
and
(c) there must be an automatic or manual condensate drain valve at the
lowest point of each air brake reservoir in the system,
and
(d) any spring brake fitted to the vehicle must not operate before the
warning mentioned in clause 139 (4) (a) or 142 (3) (a) has been
given.
(2) If vacuum brakes are fitted to a vehicle, the vacuum supply must
be able to build up vacuum:(a) to the level when the warning signal mentioned in clause 139 (4)
(a) or 142 (3) (a) no longer operates within 30 seconds after the vacuum
reserve is fully used up, and
(b) to the normal working level within 60 seconds after the vacuum
reserve is fully used up.
136 Performance of braking systems
(1) One sustained application of the brake of a motor vehicle built
after 1930, or a combination that includes a motor vehicle built after 1930,
must be able to produce the performance mentioned in subclauses (2) to
(7):(a) when the vehicle or combination is on a dry, smooth, level road
surface, free from loose material, and
(b) whether or not the vehicle or combination is loaded,
and
(c) without part of the vehicle or combination moving outside a
straight path:(i) centred on the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or combination
before the brake was applied, and
(ii) 3.7 metres wide.
(2) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass under 2.5 tonnes must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed of 35
kilometres an hour to a stop within:(a) 12.5 metres when the service brake is applied,
and
(b) 30 metres when the emergency brake is
applied.
(3) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass of at least 2.5 tonnes must bring the vehicle or combination from a speed
of 35 kilometres an hour to a stop within:(a) 16.5 metres when the service brake is applied,
and
(b) 40.5 metres when the emergency brake is
applied.
(4) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass under 2.5 tonnes must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from any
speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at
least:(a) 3.8 metres per second per second when the service brake is
applied, and
(b) 1.6 metres per second per second when the emergency brake is
applied.
(5) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass of at least 2.5 tonnes must decelerate the vehicle or combination, from
any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, by an average of at
least:(a) 2.8 metres per second per second when the service brake is
applied, and
(b) 1.1 metres per second per second when the emergency brake is
applied.
(6) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass under 2.5 tonnes must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or
combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of
at least:(a) 5.8 metres per second per second when the service brake is
applied, and
(b) 1.9 metres per second per second when the emergency brake is
applied.
(7) The braking system of a motor vehicle or combination with a gross
mass of at least 2.5 tonnes must achieve a peak deceleration of the vehicle or
combination, from any speed at which the vehicle or combination can travel, of
at least:(a) 4.4 metres per second per second when the service brake is
applied, and
(b) 1.5 metres per second per second when the emergency brake is
applied.
(8) The parking brake of a vehicle or combination must be able to hold
the vehicle or combination stationary on a 12%
gradient.
Division 2 Motor vehicle braking systems
137 What braking system a motor vehicle must have
(1) In this clause:independent
brake, for a vehicle, means a brake that is operated entirely
separately from any other brake on the vehicle, except for any drum, disc or
part, on which a shoe, band or friction pad makes contact, that is common to 2
or more brakes.
(2) A motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels built, or used, mainly for
transporting goods or people by road must be fitted with:(a) a braking system that:(i) consists of brakes fitted to all wheels of the vehicle,
and
(ii) has at least 2 separate methods of activation, arranged so
effective braking remains on at least 2 wheels if a method fails,
or
(b) 2 independent brakes, each of which, when in operation, acts
directly on at least half the number of wheels of the
vehicle.
(3) The braking system of a motor vehicle mentioned in subclause (2)
that was built after 1945 must have a service brake operating on all wheels
that, when applied:(a) acts directly on the wheels and not through the vehicle’s
transmission, or
(b) acts on a shaft between a differential of the vehicle and a
wheel.
(4) The braking system of a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels must
have a parking brake that:(a) is held in the applied position by direct mechanical action
without the intervention of an electrical, hydraulic or pneumatic device,
and
(b) is fitted with a locking device that can hold the brake in the
applied position, and
(c) has its own separate control.
(5) The parking brake may also be the emergency
brake.
(6) If 2 or more independent brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle with
4 or more wheels, the brakes must be arranged so brakes are applied to all the
wheels on at least 1 axle of the vehicle when any brake is
operated.
(7) A motor bike or motor trike must be fitted with:(a) 2 independent brakes, or
(b) a single brake that acts directly on all wheels of the vehicle and
is arranged so effective braking remains on at least 1 wheel if a part of the
system fails.
(8) Subclause (7) applies to a motor bike with a sidecar attached as
if the sidecar were not attached.
(9) A motor trike must have a parking brake that is held in the
applied position by mechanical means.
138 Operation of brakes on motor vehicles
The braking system on a motor vehicle must be arranged to allow
the driver of the motor vehicle to apply the brakes from a normal driving
position.
139 Air or vacuum brakes on motor vehicles
(1) If a motor vehicle has air brakes, the braking system of the
vehicle must include at least 1 air storage tank.
(2) If a motor vehicle has vacuum brakes, the braking system of the
vehicle must include at least 1 vacuum storage
tank.
(3) An air or vacuum storage tank must be built so the service brake
can be applied to meet the performance standards of clause 136 at least twice
if the engine of the vehicle stops or the source of air or vacuum
fails.
(4) An air or vacuum storage system must:(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver, while
in a normal driving position, of a lack of air or vacuum that would prevent
the service brake from being applied to meet the performance standards of
clause 136 at least twice, and
(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of
air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.
(5) However, subclause (4) (a) does not apply to a vehicle with a GVM
of 4.5 tonnes or less that is fitted with an air or vacuum assisted braking
system.
(6) If air or vacuum brakes are fitted to a motor vehicle equipped to
tow a trailer, the brakes of the vehicle must be able to stop the vehicle at
the performance standards for emergency brakes under clause 136 if the trailer
breaks away.
(7) The braking system of a motor vehicle equipped to tow a trailer
fitted with air brakes must include protection against loss of supply line air
or brake control signal air.
(8) The protection mentioned in subclause (7) must:(a) operate automatically if a brake supply line hose connecting the
motor vehicle and a trailer fails, and
(b) maintain enough air pressure to allow the brakes to be applied to
meet performance standards for emergency brakes under clause 136,
and
(c) include a visible or audible warning to the
driver.
Division 3 Trailer braking systems
140 What brakes a trailer must have
(1) A trailer with a GTM over 750 kilograms must have brakes that
operate on at least 1 wheel at each end of 1 or more axles of the
trailer.
(2) A semi-trailer or converter dolly with a GTM over 2 tonnes must
have brakes that operate on all its wheels.
141 Operation of brakes on trailers
(1) The braking system of a trailer with a GTM over 2 tonnes must
allow the driver of a motor vehicle towing the trailer to operate the brakes
from a normal driving position.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to an unloaded converter
dolly that weighs under 3 tonnes if the motor vehicle towing the converter
dolly has a GVM over 12 tonnes.
(3) The brakes on a trailer with a GTM over 2 tonnes must:(a) operate automatically and quickly if the trailer breaks away from
the towing vehicle, and
(b) remain in operation for at least 15 minutes after a break-away,
and
(c) be able to hold the trailer on a 12% gradient while in operation
after a break-away.
142 Air or vacuum brakes on trailers
(1) If a trailer has air brakes, its braking system must include at
least 1 air storage tank.
(2) If a trailer has vacuum brakes, its braking system must include at
least 1 vacuum storage tank.
(3) An air or vacuum storage system must:(a) be built to give a visible or audible warning to the driver of the
towing vehicle, while in a normal driving position, of a lack of air or vacuum
that would prevent the brakes from meeting the performance standards of clause
136, and
(b) be safeguarded by a check valve or other device against loss of
air or vacuum if the supply fails or leaks.
(4) Subclauses (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to a trailer with a GTM
of 2 tonnes or less.
Division 4 Additional brake requirements for B-doubles and
long road trains
143 Application of Division to certain road trains
This Division does not apply to a road train, or a vehicle used in
a road train, if the road train has a length of 19 metres or
less.
144 Braking system design for a prime mover in a
B-double
(1) A prime mover used in a B-double must comply with second edition
ADR 35A or third edition ADR 35.
(2) A prime mover used in a B-double must also have an anti-lock
braking system complying with third edition ADR 64, if the prime mover:(a) was built after 1989, or
(b) was first used in a B-double after 1993, or
(c) is used in a B-double that includes a road tank vehicle carrying
dangerous goods.
145 Braking system design for motor vehicles in road
trains
The performance of the service, secondary and parking brake
systems of a motor vehicle used in a road train must comply with second
edition ADR 35A or third edition ADR 35 if the vehicle would not otherwise be
required to comply with an ADR about braking.
146 Braking system design for trailers in B-doubles or road
trains
(1) The performance of the service, secondary and parking brake
systems of a trailer used in a B-double or road train must comply with second
edition ADR 38 or third edition ADR 38 if the trailer would not otherwise be
required to comply with an ADR about braking.
(2) A road train trailer to which subclause (1) applies need not be
fitted with a mechanical parking brake if it carries wheel chocks that provide
a performance equal to the performance standard required for a parking brake
system.
(3) A semi-trailer, regardless of when it was built, must have an
anti-lock braking system that complies with third edition ADR 38/01,
if:(a) it is being used in a B-double that includes a road tank vehicle,
whether or not the semi-trailer is itself a road tank vehicle,
and
(b) the road tank vehicle is carrying dangerous
goods.
147 Air brakes of motor vehicles in B-doubles or road
trains
(1) If a B-double or road train is fitted with brakes that operate
using compressed air, the braking system of the motor vehicle must comply with
subclauses (2) and (3) when:(a) the pressure is measured in an 800 millilitre vessel connected by
a 2 metre pipe with a bore of approximately 13 millimetres to the coupling
head of the braking system, and
(b) the air pressure before the brakes are applied is not
under:(i) the average of the maximum and minimum pressures in the operating
pressure range specified by the vehicle’s manufacturer,
or
(ii) if there is no manufacturer’s specification—650
kilopascals.
(2) The pressure must reach at least 420 kilopascals within 400
milliseconds after the rapid and complete application of the foot-operated
brake control.
(3) After the brakes have been fully applied, the pressure must fall,
within half a second after the release of the foot-operated brake control, to
35 kilopascals.
148 Air brakes in a B-double or road train: least favoured
chamber
(1) In this clause:least favoured
chamber means the brake chamber with the longest line to the treadle
valve in the prime mover.
(2) The pressure in the least favoured chamber of the braking system
of a B-double or road train with brakes that operate using compressed air must
comply with subclauses (3) and (4) when the air pressure before the brakes are
applied is not under:(a) the average of the maximum and minimum pressures in the operating
pressure range specified by the vehicle’s manufacturer,
or
(b) if there is no manufacturer’s specification—650
kilopascals.
(3) The pressure must reach at least 420 kilopascals within:(a) for a B-double—1 second after the rapid and complete
application of the foot-operated brake control, or
(b) for a road train—1.5 seconds after the rapid and complete
application of the foot-operated brake control.
(4) After the brakes have been fully applied, the pressure must fall
to 35 kilopascals, or the pressure at which the friction surfaces cease to
contact each other, within:(a) for a B-double—1 second after the release of the
foot-operated brake control, or
(b) for a road train—1.5 seconds after the release of the
foot-operated brake control.
149 Recovery of air pressure for brakes in B-doubles and road
trains
The air pressure in each air brake reservoir in a B-double or road
train must recover to at least 420 kilopascals within 1 minute after 3 full
brake applications have been made within a 10 second period if, before the 3
brake applications have been made:(a) the engine is running at maximum speed, and
(b) the governor cut-in pressure is no higher than:(i) the pressure specified by the vehicle’s manufacturer,
or
(ii) if there is no manufacturer’s specification—550
kilopascals, and
(c) the air pressure in the storage tanks of the vehicle is not
under:(i) the average of the maximum and minimum pressures in the operating
pressure range specified by the vehicle’s manufacturer,
or
(ii) if there is no manufacturer’s specification—650
kilopascals.
150 Air supply for brakes in B-doubles and road
trains
A B-double or road train that uses compressed air to operate
accessories must have:(a) sufficient air compressor capacity and air receiver volume to
ensure that the operation of the accessories does not adversely affect brake
performance, and
(b) a compressed air system built to ensure that the brake system is
preferentially charged.
151 Brake line couplings
(1) Brake line couplings on the same part of a vehicle in a B-double
or road train must not be interchangeable.
(2) The couplings must be polarised in accordance with Australian
Standard AS 4945–2000
Commercial road vehicles—Interchangeable quick connect/release
couplings for use with air-pressure braking systems (or any
earlier version of that standard that was current when the vehicle was
manufactured) if the hoses used with the brake couplings are used for the same
purpose as the hoses mentioned in the standard.
152 Simultaneous parking brake application
(1) If the parking brake of a motor vehicle in a B-double or road
train is applied, the parking brakes of any attached trailer must be applied
automatically.
(2) This clause does not apply to a trailer carrying wheel chocks
complying with clause 146 (2).
153 Capacity of air reservoirs
(1) The capacity of the air storage tanks of a motor vehicle used in a
B-double or road train must be at least 12 times the volume of all the brake
activation chambers on the motor vehicle.
(2) The capacity of the air storage tanks of a trailer used in a
B-double or road train must be at least 8 times the volume of all the brake
activation chambers on the trailer.
Part 7 Control of emissions
Note. This Part sets out requirements to ensure that motor vehicles do
not emit too much smoke or noise and that exhaust gases cannot enter the
passenger compartment of a vehicle.
Division 1 Crank case gases and visible emissions
154 Crank case gases
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that
is powered by a petrol engine and was built after
1971.
(2) The vehicle must be built to prevent, or fitted with equipment
that prevents, crank case gases from escaping to the
atmosphere.
155 Visible emissions
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle that is propelled by an
internal combustion engine and was built after
1930.
(2) The vehicle must not emit visible emissions for a continuous
period of at least 10 seconds.
(3) However, this clause does not apply to emissions that are visible
only because of heat or the condensation of water
vapour.
Division 2 Exhaust systems
156 Exhaust systems
(1) The outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a motor vehicle with a
GVM over 4.5 tonnes (except a bus) must extend:(a) behind the back seat, and
(b) at least 40 millimetres beyond the outermost joint of the floorpan
that is not continuously welded or permanently sealed, and
(c) to the edge of the vehicle, if:(i) the body of the vehicle is permanently enclosed,
and
(ii) the vehicle is not fitted with a vertical exhaust system,
and
(d) no further than the edge of the vehicle at its widest
point.
(2) The outlet must discharge the main exhaust flow to the air:(a) if the vehicle is fitted, or required under a law of this
jurisdiction to be fitted, with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet
pipe:(i) at an angle above the horizontal, and
(ii) at least 150 millimetres above the cab of the vehicle,
and
(iii) rearwards or to the right of the vehicle,
and
(b) in any other case:(i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45° downwards,
and
(ii) under 750 millimetres above ground level, and
(iii) rearwards or to the right of the
vehicle.
(3) An exposed section of a vertical exhaust system fitted to a motor
vehicle (except a bus) with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes must be positioned or
shielded to prevent injury.
(4) The outlet of the exhaust system fitted to a bus with a GVM over
4.5 tonnes must:(a) be as near as practicable to the rear of the vehicle,
and
(b) extend no further than the edge of the bus at its widest
point.
(5) The outlet must discharge the main exhaust flow to the air:(a) if the bus is fitted, or required under a law of this jurisdiction
to be fitted, with an exhaust system with a vertical outlet pipe:(i) behind the passenger compartment, and
(ii) at an angle above the horizontal, and
(iii) upwards or rearwards, and
(b) in any other case:(i) horizontally or at an angle of not over 45° downwards,
and
(ii) rearwards or to the right of the
vehicle.
(6) A vertical exhaust system fitted to a motor vehicle with a GVM
over 4.5 tonnes must:(a) if the vehicle is fitted with an exhaust system with a vertical
outlet pipe that does not direct the main exhaust flow straight
up—direct the flow rearwards at an angle within 0° to 45° of the
longitudinal centre line of the vehicle, and
(b) if a rain cap is fitted to the outlet pipe—be installed so
the hinge of the cap is at an angle of 90° (plus or minus 10°) to the
longitudinal centre line of the vehicle when viewed from
above.

Bus exhaust outlet pipe
Division 3 Noise emissions
157 Silencing device for exhaust systems
A motor vehicle propelled by an internal combustion engine must be
fitted with a silencing device through which all the exhaust from the engine
passes.
158 Stationary noise levels—car-type vehicles and motor
bikes and trikes
(1) In this clause:car-type
vehicle means:
(a) a car, or
(b) a utility truck, panel van, or another motor vehicle derived from
a car design, or
(c) another motor vehicle with 4 or more wheels that is built mainly
to carry not over 9 people including the driver.
(2) The stationary noise level of a car-type vehicle, or motor bike or
trike, must not exceed:(a) for a car-type vehicle built after 1982—90 dB(A),
or
(b) for another car-type vehicle—96 dB(A),
or
(c) for a motor bike or trike built after February 1985—94
dB(A), or
(d) for another motor bike or trike—100
dB(A).
159 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with spark
ignition engines
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle (except a motor vehicle to
which clause 158 applies) with a spark ignition
engine.
(2) For a motor vehicle built before 1 July 1983 that has:(a) a GVM of more than 3.5 tonnes, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 94 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 98 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(b) a GVM of 3.5 tonnes or less, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 88 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 92 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground.
(3) For a motor vehicle built on or after 1 July 1983 that has:(a) a GVM of more than 3.5 tonnes, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 91 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 95 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(b) a GVM of 3.5 tonnes or less, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 85 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 89 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground.
160 Stationary noise levels—other vehicles with diesel
engines
(1) This clause applies to a motor vehicle (except a motor vehicle to
which clause 158 applies) with a diesel engine.
(2) For a motor vehicle built before 1 July 1980 that has:(a) a GVM of more than 12 tonnes, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 105 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more
above the ground, or
(ii) 109 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(b) a GVM of more than 3.5 tonnes but no more than 12 tonnes, the
stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 103 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more
above the ground, or
(ii) 107 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(c) a GVM of 3.5 tonnes or less, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 101 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more
above the ground, or
(ii) 105 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground.
(3) For a motor vehicle built on or after 1 July 1980 but before 1
July 1983 that has:(a) a GVM of more than 12 tonnes, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 102 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more
above the ground, or
(ii) 106 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(b) a GVM of more than 3.5 tonnes but no more than 12 tonnes, the
stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 100 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more
above the ground, or
(ii) 104 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(c) a GVM of 3.5 tonnes or less, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 98 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 102 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground.
(4) For a motor vehicle built on or after 1 July 1983 that has:(a) a GVM of more than 12 tonnes, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 99 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 103 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(b) a GVM of more than 3.5 tonnes but no more than 12 tonnes, the
stationary noise level of the motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 97 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 101 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground, or
(c) a GVM of 3.5 tonnes or less, the stationary noise level of the
motor vehicle must not exceed:(i) 95 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is 1.5 metres or more above
the ground, or
(ii) 99 dB(A) if the exhaust of the vehicle is less than 1.5 metres
above the ground.
161 Measurement of stationary noise levels
For this Division, the stationary noise level of a motor vehicle
is to be measured in accordance with the test method mentioned in the Roadworthiness Guidelines approved by the
Ministerial Council for Road Transport and in force immediately before the
commencement of this clause.Note. The Roadworthiness
Guidelines were published by the National Road Transport
Commission (subsequently replaced by the National Transport Commission) and
are available from Ausinfo Bookshops. The Ministerial Council was the
Ministerial Council for Road Transport which was established by a national
agreement called the Heavy Vehicles
Agreement. The Council’s functions are now exercised by
the Australian Transport Council, which was established on 11 June
1993.
Part 8 LPG and CNG fuel systems
Note. This Part sets out requirements to ensure that liquid petroleum
gas (LPG) and compressed natural gas (CNG) fuel systems are safely installed
in motor vehicles and that vehicles with LPG or CNG fuel systems installed can
be identified as LPG-powered or CNG-powered vehicles.
162 Vehicles equipped to run on LPG or CNG
(1) A motor vehicle equipped to run on LPG must comply with the
requirements for the use of LPG in vehicles in:(a) Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 1425:2007 LP Gas fuel
systems for vehicle engines, or
(b) if an earlier version of the standard was current when the vehicle
was first equipped to run on LPG—that
version.
(2) A vehicle equipped to run on LPG must have fixed conspicuously to
the front and rear number-plates a label that is:(a) made of durable material, and
(b) at least 25 millimetres wide and 25 millimetres high,
and
(c) retroreflective red conforming to Australian and New Zealand
Standard AS/NZS 1906.1:2007
Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control
purposes—Retroreflective sheeting,
and
(d) marked “LPG” in white capital letters at least 10
millimetres high.
(3) A motor vehicle equipped to run on CNG must comply with the
requirements for the use of CNG in vehicles in:(a) Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 2739:2003 Natural Gas (CNG)
fuel systems for vehicle engines, or
(b) if an earlier version of the standard was current when the vehicle
was first equipped to run on CNG—that
version.
(4) A vehicle equipped to run on CNG must have fixed conspicuously to
the front and rear number-plates a label that is:(a) made of durable material, and
(b) circular with a diameter of at least 35 millimetres,
and
(c) retroreflective red conforming to Australian and New Zealand
Standard AS/NZS 1906.1:2007
Retroreflective materials and devices for road traffic control
purposes—Retroreflective sheeting,
and
(d) marked “CNG” in white capital letters at least 10
millimetres high.
(5) In this clause:CNG means
compressed natural gas.
LPG means
liquid petroleum gas.
Part 9 Maximum road speed limiting
Note. This Part requires certain heavy vehicles built after 1987, but
before July 1991, to have a restricted top speed. However, emergency vehicles
and certain 2-axle prime movers owned by farmers and used in primary
production are exempt.
163 Speed limiting
(1) A bus with a GVM over 14.5 tonnes that was built after 1987 must
comply with third edition ADR 65.
(2) A prime mover with a GVM over 15 tonnes that was built after 1987
must comply with third edition ADR 65.
(3) For third edition ADR 65, the maximum road speed capability of a
motor vehicle used in a road train is 90 kilometres an
hour.
164 Exemptions from speed limiting
Clause 163 does not apply to:(a) an emergency vehicle or police vehicle, or
(b) a bus fitted with hand grips or similar equipment for standing
passengers to hold, or
(c) a 2-axle prime mover if:(i) it was built after 1987 but before July 1991,
and
(ii) its owner is a person who uses it for agriculture, horticulture,
or other primary production activities (except forestry, fishing and
mining).
Part 10 Mechanical connections between vehicles
Note. This Part sets out various requirements to ensure that the
couplings used when operating motor vehicles and trailers in combinations are
strong enough to hold them together. The requirements in this Part about the
mechanical connections between vehicles in a road train do not apply to a road
train 19 metres long or less.
Division 1 Couplings on all types of vehicles
165 General coupling requirements
(1) A fifth wheel coupling, the mating parts of a coupling, a kingpin
or a towbar must not be used for a load more than the manufacturer’s
load rating.
(2) A kingpin must be used only with a fifth wheel coupling that has a
corresponding jaw size.Example An adaptor must not be used to fit a kingpin to a fifth wheel
coupling.
(3) The mating parts of a coupling used to connect a semi-trailer to a
towing vehicle must not allow the semi-trailer to roll to an extent that makes
the towing vehicle unstable.
166 Drawbar couplings
(1) A coupling for attaching a trailer, except a semi-trailer or
pole-type trailer, to a towing vehicle must be built and fitted so
that:(a) the coupling is equipped with a positive locking mechanism,
and
(b) the positive locking mechanism can be released regardless of the
angle of the trailer to the towing vehicle.
(2) A coupling fitted to a trailer first registered on or after 1
August 1963 must have clearly and permanently stamped, moulded or otherwise
branded on its main component:(a) means of identifying its manufacturer, and
(b) the maximum gross weight of the trailer it is designed to
tow.
(3) If the trailer is in a combination and is not fitted with
break-away brakes in accordance with clause 141 (3), it must be connected to
the towing vehicle by at least 1 chain, cable or other flexible device, as
well as the coupling required by subclause (1).
(4) Any such safety connection must be as short as practicable and be
so connected and affixed that:(a) it is not liable to accidental disconnection but is readily
detachable from the towing vehicle, and
(b) it permits all normal angular movements of the coupling without
more slack than is necessary, and
(c) it will prevent the forward end of the drawbar from striking the
ground in the event of accidental disconnection of the coupling,
and
(d) if it consists of more than one chain or wire rope, the chains or
wire ropes are in a crossed-over position.
(5) Any chain or wire rope in such a safety connection must:(a) if a chain, be of welded iron links, and
(b) if a wire rope, have a strength of at least that of a chain of the
same diameter, and
(c) be of a size specified in the following table:
Table
Gross weight of trailer | Minimum size of chain or wire
rope |
Up to 500 kilograms | 6.3 millimetres diameter |
Exceeding 500 kilograms but not exceeding 1.3
tonnes | 9.5 millimetres diameter |
Exceeding 1.3 tonnes | 12.6 millimetres diameter |
Division 2 Additional coupling requirements for B-doubles and
long road trains
167 Application of Division to road trains
This Division does not apply to a vehicle, coupling, or part of a
coupling, used in a road train not over 19 metres
long.
168 Couplings for B-doubles and road trains
(1) A fifth wheel coupling used to connect a towing vehicle to a
semi-trailer used in a B-double or road train must not be built with a pivot
that allows a semi-trailer to roll relative to the towing
vehicle.
(2) However, subclause (1) does not apply to a fifth wheel coupling
if:(a) the semi-trailer design requires torsional stresses to be
minimised, and
(b) the roll axis of the fifth wheel coupling is above the surface of
the coupler plate, and
(c) the degree of rotation allowed around the roll axis of the fifth
wheel coupling is restricted to prevent roll
instability.
(3) A trailer with only 1 axle group, or a single axle, (except a
semi-trailer or a converter dolly) that is used in a road train must not have
a coupling fitted at its rear.
169 Selection of fifth wheel couplings for B-doubles and road
trains
(1) A fifth wheel coupling, or a turntable, used in a B-double or road
train must have a D-value complying with Australian/New Zealand Standard
AS/NZS 4968.1:2003
Heavy-road vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated
vehicle combinations—Design criteria and selection requirements for
fifth wheel, kingpin and associated
equipment.
(2) If a fifth wheel coupling used in a B-double or road train is
built for a 50 millimetre or 90 millimetre kingpin, the coupling must:(a) meet the dimension requirements in the Australian Standard
referred to in subclause (1), and
(b) not be worn away more than recommended by the
standard.
(3) If a fifth wheel coupling used in a B-double or road train is
built for a 75 millimetre kingpin, the coupling must:(a) be compatible with the kingpin mentioned in clause 173 (3),
and
(b) not be worn away so that it does not comply with clause
170.
170 D-value of a fifth wheel coupling
In testing a fifth wheel coupling built for a 75 millimetre
kingpin used in a B-double or road train to decide whether its D-value
complies with clause 169 (1), the longitudinal movement (after readjusting the
jaws of the coupling using a kingpin built to the dimensions mentioned in
clause 173 (3) (a)) must not be over 4 millimetres.
171 Mounting of fifth wheel couplings on B-doubles and road
trains
A fifth wheel coupling must be mounted on a prime mover, or a
semi-trailer used in a B-double or road train, in accordance with
Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS
4968.2:2003 Heavy-road vehicles—Mechanical coupling
between articulated vehicle combinations—Testing and installation of
fifth wheel and associated equipment.
172 Branding of fifth wheel couplings and turntables on
B-doubles and road trains
(1) A fifth wheel coupling on a vehicle built after June 1991 forming
part of a B-double or road train must be clearly and permanently marked in
accordance with Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 4968.3:2003 Heavy-road
vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated vehicle
combinations—Kingpins and associated equipment (or any
earlier version of that standard that was current when the fifth wheel
coupling was manufactured) with:(a) the name or trademark of its manufacturer, and
(b) its D-value rating, and
(c) its nominal size.
(2) A turntable used in a vehicle built after June 1991 that forms
part of a B-double or road train must be marked with:(a) the name or trademark of the turntable’s manufacturer,
and
(b) the D-value rating of the turntable in accordance with the
Australian Standard referred to in subclause (1).
173 Selection of kingpins for B-doubles and road
trains
(1) A kingpin used in a B-double or road train must:(a) be a 50, 75 or 90 millimetre kingpin, and
(b) have a D-value complying with Australian/New Zealand Standard
AS/NZS 4968.3:2003
Heavy-road vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated
vehicle combinations—Kingpins and associated
equipment.
(2) A 50 or 90 millimetre kingpin used in a B-double or road train
must:(a) be built to meet the dimension requirements in the Australian
Standard referred to in subclause (1), and
(b) not be worn away more than recommended by the
standard.
(3) A 75 millimetre kingpin used in a B-double or road train
must:(a) not be worn away more than mentioned in subclause (4),
and
(b) be built to meet the dimensions in the following diagram:
Dimensions of a 75 millimetre
kingpin
(4) In testing a 75 millimetre kingpin shown in the diagram to
subclause (3) (b) to decide whether its D-value complies with subclause (1)
(b):(a) diameter F must not wear more than 3 millimetres,
and
(b) diameter G must not wear more than 2 millimetres,
and
(c) height H must not wear more than 2.3
millimetres.
174 Attachment of kingpins on B-doubles and road
trains
A kingpin used in a trailer that forms part of a B-double or road
train must be attached in accordance with:(a) the manufacturer’s specifications and instructions,
or
(b) the guidelines detailed in Australian Standard AS/NZS 4968.3:2003 Heavy-road
vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated vehicle
combinations—Kingpins and associated
equipment.
175 Branding of kingpins on B-doubles and road
trains
A kingpin used in a trailer built after June 1991 that forms part
of a B-double or road train must be clearly and permanently marked on the
lower circular face of the kingpin in accordance with Australian Standard
AS/NZS 4968.3:2003
Heavy-road vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated
vehicle combinations—Kingpins and associated equipment
with:(a) the name or trademark of its manufacturer, and
(b) its D-value rating, and
(c) its nominal size.
176 Selection of couplings and drawbar eyes for road
trains
A drawbar-type coupling, or drawbar eye, used in a road train
must:(a) be a 50 millimetre pin-type, and
(b) have a D-value complying with Australian Standard AS 2213.1–2001/Amdt 1–2002
Commercial road vehicles—Mechanical connections between towing
vehicles—Selection and marking of pin-type couplings and drawbar
eyes, and
(c) be built to the dimensions mentioned in the standard,
and
(d) not be worn away more than is recommended in the
standard.
177 Attachment of couplings and drawbar eyes on road
trains
A drawbar-type coupling, or drawbar eye, used in a road train must
be built and positioned so that:(a) when the road train is moving, the drawbar can move at least
15° upwards or downwards from the position it occupies when the road train
is parked on level ground, and
(b) the pivot point of the coupling is not over 300 millimetres
forward of the rear of the trailer to which it is attached,
and
(c) it is at a height of at least 800 millimetres, but not over 950
millimetres, when the road train is unloaded and parked on level
ground.
178 Branding of couplings and drawbar eyes on road
trains
A drawbar-type coupling, or drawbar eye, used on a vehicle built
after June 1991 that forms part of a road train must be clearly and
permanently marked in accordance with Australian Standard AS 2213.1–2001/Amdt 1–2002
Commercial road vehicles—Mechanical connections between towing
vehicles—Selection and marking of pin-type couplings and drawbar
eyes with:(a) the name or trademark of its manufacturer, and
(b) its D-value rating.
179 Tow coupling overhang on road trains
(1) The tow coupling overhang of a motor vehicle, except a prime
mover, used in a road train must not be more than the greater of:(a) 30% of the distance from the centre of the front axle to the
centre of the axle group or single axle at the rear of the vehicle,
and
(b) 2.7 metres.
(2) The tow coupling overhang of a semi-trailer, or a dog trailer
consisting of a semi-trailer and converter dolly, used in a road train must
not be more than 30% of the distance from the point of articulation to the
centre of the axle group or single axle at the rear of the
vehicle.
(3) The tow coupling overhang of another dog trailer used in a road
train must not be more than 30% of the distance from the centre of the front
axle group or single axle to the centre of the axle group or single axle at
the rear of the vehicle.

Tow coupling overhang—semi-trailer with extra coupling at
rear

Tow coupling overhang—motor vehicle

Tow coupling overhang—dog
trailer
Part 11 Other matters
180 Restored vehicles
For the purposes of this Schedule, a restored vehicle is taken to
have been built when it was originally built and not when it was
restored.
181 Retractable axles
(1) For the purposes of this Schedule, a retractable axle is taken to
be an axle only when it is in the lowered position.
(2) In this clause:retractable axle
means an axle with a means of adjustment enabling it to be raised or lowered
relative to the other axles in the axle group.
182 Measurement of distance between parallel lines
For the purposes of this Schedule, a distance between 2 parallel
lines is measured at right angles between the lines.
183 Interpretation of certain second edition ADRs
The words “left” and “right” in the
following second edition ADRs have the opposite meaning in the application of
the ADRs, in accordance with this Schedule, to a motor vehicle with a
left-hand drive:(a) ADR 8 Safety Glazing Material
(b) ADR 14 Rear Vision Mirrors
(c) ADR 16 Windscreen Wipers and Washers
(d) ADR 18 Instrumentation
(e) ADR 35 Commercial Vehicle Brake
Systems.
Note. The following table contains a list of some terms used in the
third edition ADRs and the corresponding term used in this
Schedule.
Third edition ADRs | This Schedule |
dipped-beam headlamp | low-beam (for a headlight) |
front fog lamp | front fog light |
rear fog lamp | rear fog light |
wheelguard | mudguard |
main-beam headlamp | high-beam (for a headlight) |
reversing lamp | reversing light |
direction indicator lamp | direction indicator light |
stop lamp | brake light |
rear registration plate lamp | number-plate light |
front position (side) lamp | parking light |
rear position (side) lamp | tail light |
end-outline marker lamp | front or rear clearance light |
external cabin lamp | external cabin light |
internal lamp | interior light |
side marker lamp | side marker light |
daytime running lamp | daytime running light |
rear reflex reflector,
non-triangular | rear reflector |
front reflex reflector,
non-triangular | front reflector |
side reflex reflector,
non-triangular | side reflector |
Part 12 Special provisions for buses not subject to third
edition ADRs
Division 1 General
184 Application of Part
This Part applies to all buses except those buses required by this
Schedule to be constructed and equipped so as to comply with the third edition
ADRs.
185 Requirements of this Part additional to other provisions
of Schedule
(1) In addition to complying with the other provisions of this
Schedule, a bus must be constructed or equipped with the items of equipment
set out in this Part.
(2) The Authority may approve of a modification of all or any of the
provisions of Division 2 in the case of a bus equipped to seat not more than
12 adults including the driver and used or intended to be used for the
conveyance of school children or children with disabilities or employees of
the owner or for a similar purpose if the Authority is satisfied that it is so
constructed and equipped that it is safe to be used for that
purpose.
Division 2 Additional requirements for buses
186 Driver’s guard-rail
Where necessary, there must be a suitable guard-rail or panel
fitted to a bus:(a) that will prevent any passenger from accidentally coming into
contact with the driver or the control levers of the vehicle,
and
(b) that will prevent any passenger from obstructing the
driver’s view.
187 Inside mirror
A mirror must be suitably affixed to the inside of a bus that has
such dimensions and is so affixed that it will reflect to the driver, while
retaining his or her normal driving position, a view of doors and door
approaches of the vehicle.
188 Fuel tank
(1) The fuel tank and the fuel tank filler pipe must not be located in
the interior of the bus, in the engine compartment, or in any separate
compartment for the driver.
(2) The fuel tank filler pipe must be situated so that it is not less
than 900 millimetres from either side of any exit (including any emergency
exit) and must be arranged so that any overflow or leakage of fuel cannot
accumulate.
189 Emergency exits for buses
(1) In the case of a single-deck bus not provided for in subclause
(2), there must be:(a) at least one emergency exit at the extreme rear of the passenger
compartment measuring not less than 1.3 metres by 530 millimetres,
or
(b) at least one emergency exit fitted in the roof of the rear half of
the passenger compartment having a minimum area of 7000 square centimetres and
no dimension less than 530 millimetres and, in the case of a bus first
registered on or after 1 January 1963 that does not have a door accessible to
passengers fitted in each side of the vehicle, there must be located in the
rear half of the passenger compartment on the side on which a door is not
fitted, an emergency exit measuring not less than 600 millimetres by 530
millimetres.
(2) In the case of a single-deck bus with its engine or any other
obstruction at its rear, there must be emergency means of exit as prescribed
in subclause (1) (b) near the centre of the passenger
compartment.
(3) At the rear of a double-deck bus there must be at least two
emergency exits, one situated above and the other below the level of the floor
of the upper deck. Any such exit must measure not less than 1.3 metres by 530
millimetres.
(4) However, it is sufficient compliance with subclause (3) if:(a) the bus is fitted with a rear platform, and
(b) access from outside the vehicle to the platform extends
transversely across the rear of the bus for a distance of not less than 450
millimetres, and
(c) there is at the rear of the bus at least one emergency exit
situated above the level of the floor of the upper deck complying in other
respects with the requirements of subclause (3).
(5) Any emergency exit:(a) must be clear of any obstruction, and
(b) must, where necessary, be equipped inside and outside with a
suitable opening and closing device, and
(c) must be indicated by a prominent notice inside and outside the bus
displaying the words “Emergency Exit”.
190 Fire extinguishers
(1) Every bus must be equipped with the number of fire extinguishers
required by the Authority, being fire extinguishers of a type and capacity
approved by the Authority.
(2) A fire extinguisher with which a bus is equipped:(a) must be maintained in good order and condition,
and
(b) must be kept in a position where it is readily available for
use.
191 Removable and opening interior fittings
Every hatch, cover, interior door and other removable or opening
panel in the interior of a bus must be adequately secured to prevent the
likelihood of accidental opening or dislodgment.
Part 13 Construction and equipment requirements for vehicles
manufactured on or after 1 January 1989
Division 1 General
192 Application of Part
This Part applies to motor vehicles and trailers manufactured on
or after 1 January 1989 and applies in addition to the provisions of the third
edition ADRs.
Division 2 Specific purpose vehicle requirements—road
trains
193 20 metre double combinations
(1) In the case of a 20 metre double combination:(a) the distance from the point of articulation of the articulated
vehicle to the foremost extremity of the rear overhang must not exceed 5.5
metres, and
(b) the distance from the point of articulation of the trailer to the
foremost extremity of the rear overhang must not exceed 5.5 metres,
and
(c) the length of the drawbar must not be less than 2
metres.
(2) For the purpose of this clause, where an axle referred to in
paragraph (b) of the definition of rear overhang
line in the Dictionary at the end of this Regulation is a
retractable axle or a steerable axle, that axle must, if it is the foremost
axle of the 2 axles or of the group referred to in the relevant paragraph of
the definition, be disregarded in determining the point referred to in that
paragraph of the definition.
194 Service brakes
(1) Subject to subclause (4), every wheel on a component vehicle of a
road train must be braked by a pneumatic brake system, which must be activated
by one foot-operated control valve.
(2) The brake system of a road train must be such that:(a) each axle group of every trailer of the road train is supplied by
not less than one air reservoir tank and relay valve, and the air reservoir
tank must have an air capacity that is not less than 8 times the volume of all
the brake actuation chambers supplied by that air reservoir tank,
and
(b) the hauling unit of the road train must be supplied by an air
reservoir tank that has an air capacity that is not less than 12 times the
volume of all of the brake actuation chambers supplied by that air reservoir
tank, and
(c) it is capable, within one minute after 3 full brake applications
have been completed within a 10 second period, of increasing the air pressure
in each air reservoir tank of the brake system to not less than 75% of the air
brake test pressure of that brake system, and
(d) 15 minutes after the air compressor of the brake system has fully
pressurised that brake system, and without that air compressor again working
during that period, the air pressure of the brake system is not less than 90%
of the air brake test pressure of that brake system, and
(e) the pressure within a brake chamber of an axle of the road train
is, not later than 1.5 seconds after a rapid application of the foot-operated
control valve of that brake system has been completed, not less than 65% of
the air brake test pressure of that brake system, and
(f) the pressure within the brake chamber of each axle of the road
train must, not later than 1.5 seconds after the release of the foot-operated
control valve of that brake system, fall from 95% to 5% of the air brake test
pressure of that brake system.
(3) Any tap-in device that is installed in the brake system for the
purpose of any demonstration that the road train has a brake system that
complies with the requirements of subclause (2) (c), (d), (e) and (f) must not
be installed except by or at the direction of the owner of the vehicle in
which it is installed.
(4) With the approval of the Authority, the wheels of any road train
may be braked by a brake system other than a brake system referred to in
subclause (1) but only if that brake system complies with subclauses (2) and
(3).
195 Brake line couplings
A brake line between any 2 component vehicles of a road train must
not be connected otherwise than by means of a polarised, clear-bore brake
coupling.
196 Parking brakes on hauling units
(1) The hauling unit of any road train must be fitted with
spring-actuated parking brakes to not less than:(a) in the case of a hauling unit with 2 axles—one of those
axles, and
(b) in the case of a hauling unit with more than 2 axles—2 of
those axles.
(2) A spring-actuated parking brake referred to in subclause (1) must
be such that:(a) when it is applied it remains applied, irrespective of the leakage
or exhaustion of air from the brake system of the hauling unit to which it is
fitted, and
(b) it cannot be released, unless there is a means available for the
immediate reapplication of the parking brake or the service brake system,
except by the use of tools at the brake actuator of such parking
brake.
Division 3 Exemptions
197 Exemption by operation of clause 90
(1) The limits prescribed by this Part for the dimensions of motor
vehicles and trailers do not apply to a vehicle that is exempted from the
dimension limits by the operation of clause 90 of this
Regulation.
(2) Except where otherwise provided in this Part or in the third
edition ADRs, such limits refer to the motor vehicle or trailer together with
any loading or equipment on the vehicle.
198 Vehicle dimensions
(1) The distance from the point of articulation of an articulated
vehicle to the foremost extremity of the rear overhang of its semi-trailer
must not exceed 9.5 metres.
(2) The distance from the point of articulation of a low-loader float
to the foremost extremity of the rear overhang may exceed 9.5
metres.
(3) The distance from the point of articulation of a low-loader float
to the rearmost extremity of the rear overhang may exceed 12.3
metres.
199 Dimensions of certain buses
If a bus exceeds 12.5 metres because of the operation of clause 90
of this Regulation, the rear overhang of the bus must not exceed 70% of the
distance between the centre of the foremost axle and the foremost extremity of
the rear overhang, or 4.9 metres, whichever is the shorter
length.
Schedule 3 Fees
(Clause 77 (1) (a))
Matter for which fee
payable | Fee |
Part 1 Registration or renewal of registration
of a motor vehicle or trailer |
(a) | Motor lorry (other than an articulated motor lorry
or prime mover) with a GVM of 12 tonnes or more: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $259 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $130 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $65 |
(b) | Articulated motor lorry: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $387 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $194 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $97 |
(c) | Prime mover: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $259 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $130 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $65 |
(d) | Tow truck with a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or more but less
than 12 tonnes: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $160 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $81 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $40 |
(e) | Tow truck with a GVM of 12 tonnes or
more: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $259 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $130 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $65 |
(f) | Trailer tow truck with a GVM of less than 4.5
tonnes: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $160 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $81 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $40 |
(g) | Trailer with a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or
more: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $191 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $96 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $48 |
(h) | Bus or other vehicle (other than a public passenger
vehicle) seating more than 8 adult persons with a GVM of less than 12
tonnes: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $160 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $81 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $40 |
(i) | Bus or other vehicle (other than a public passenger
vehicle) seating more than 8 adult persons with a GVM of 12 tonnes or
more: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $259 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $130 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $65 |
(j) | Bus or other vehicle (being a public passenger
vehicle) seating more than 8 adult persons with a GVM of less than 12
tonnes: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $261 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $132 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $66 |
(k) | Bus or other vehicle (being a public passenger
vehicle) seating more than 8 adult persons with a GVM of 12 tonnes or
more: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $459 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $230 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $115 |
(l) | Taxi-cab (not licensed to operate in a transport
district within the meaning of the Transport Administration Act
1988): | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $261 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $132 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $66 |
(m) | Public passenger vehicle (other than a vehicle
referred to elsewhere in this list): | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $261 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $132 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $66 |
(n) | Any vehicle not referred to elsewhere in this
list: | |
| | (i) for more than 6 months but not more than 1
year
| $59 |
| | (ii) for more than 3 months but not more than 6
months
| $30 |
| | (iii) for 3 months or less
| $15 |
Note. Pursuant to clause 57 (2) (a) of this Regulation, the fees for
registration or renewal of registration of a motor vehicle or trailer referred
to in paragraphs (a)–(m) include a registration fee component and an
inspection fee component for the applicable number of required
inspections. |
Part 2 Transfer of
registration |
(a) | Application made within 14 days after vehicle
acquired | $30 |
(b) | Application made more than 14 days after vehicle
acquired | $135 |
Part 3 Issue of 1 or 2 standard number-plates
with same number |
(a) | Initial issue | $40 |
(b) | Replacement issue | $40 |
Part 4 Trader’s
plate |
(a) | Issue of a trader’s plate for a vehicle other
than a motor bike: | |
| | (i) for 12 months
| $390 |
| | (ii) for one month
| $33 |
(b) | Issue of a trader’s plate for a motor
bike: | |
| | (i) for 12 months
| $95 |
| | (ii) for one month
| $9 |
Part 5 Initial inspection of registrable vehicle
under clause 56, 57 or 71, otherwise than in relation to exhaust emission
levels |
(a) | Motor lorry (other than an articulated motor lorry
or a prime mover) with a GVM of 4.5 tonnes or more but less than 12
tonnes | $50 |
(b) | Motor lorry (other than an articulated motor lorry
or a prime mover) with a GVM of 12 tonnes or more | $200 |
(c) | Articulated motor lorry | $328 |
(d) | Prime mover | $200 |
(e) | Tow truck with a GVM of less than 12
tonnes | $101 |
(f) | Tow truck with a GVM of 12 tonnes or
more | $200 |
(g) | Tow truck trailer with a GVM of less than 4.5
tonnes | $101 |
(h) | Trailer (other than a tow truck trailer) with a GVM
of less than 4.5 tonnes | $22 |
(i) | Trailer (including a tow truck trailer) with a GVM
of 4.5 tonnes or more | $132 |
(j) | Bus or other vehicle seating more than 8 adult
persons with a GVM of less than 12 tonnes | $101 |
(k) | Bus or other vehicle seating more than 8 adult
persons with a GVM of 12 tonnes or more | $200 |
(l) | Taxi-cab | $101 |
(m) | Public passenger vehicle (other than a vehicle
referred to elsewhere in this list) | $101 |
(n) | Motor bike | $22 |
(o) | Any vehicle not referred to elsewhere in this
list | $36 |
Part 6 Further inspection of registrable vehicle
that has failed earlier inspection under clause 56, 57 or
71 |
(a) | Where a vehicle may be used while a failure is
being rectified | $41 |
(b) | Where a vehicle may not be used while a failure is
being rectified | $84 |
Part 7 Inspection of registrable vehicle under
clause 56 in relation to exhaust emission
levels |
Conduct of inspection | $47 |
Part 8 Examiner’s
authority |
(a) | Issue of original authority | $162 |
(b) | Issue of duplicate authority | $20 |
Part 9 Proprietor’s
authority |
(a) | Issue of original authority | $325 |
(b) | Issue of duplicate authority | $20 |
Part 10 Accreditation
scheme |
Accreditation of registered
operator | $90, plus $30 per nominated
vehicle |
Schedule 4 Registration charges for chargeable heavy
vehicles
(Clause 76C)
Part 1 Interpretation
Note. Some of the expressions defined in this Part are also defined in
the Dictionary (whether in the same terms, substantially the same terms or
different terms). A definition for an expression that is defined in this Part
prevails over any different definition of the same expression set out in the
Dictionary. The expressions defined in this Part are based on nationally
agreed definitions for use in relation to determining registration charges for
heavy vehicles.
1 Definitions
(1) In this Schedule:articulated
bus means a bus consisting of more than one rigid section with
passenger access between the sections and the sections connected to one
another so as to allow rotary movement between the sections.
axle means
one or more shafts positioned in a line across a vehicle, on which one or more
wheels intended to support the vehicle turn.
axle
group means a single axle group, tandem axle group, twinsteer axle
group, tri-axle group or quad-axle group.
B-double
combination means a combination consisting of a prime mover towing 2
semi-trailers.
B-double lead
trailer means a semi trailer that is nominated for use as the lead
trailer in a B-double combination.
B-triple
combination means a combination consisting of a prime mover towing 3
semi-trailers.
B-triple lead
trailer means a semi trailer that is nominated for use as the lead
trailer in a B-triple combination.
B-triple middle
trailer means a semi trailer that is nominated for use as the second
trailer in a B-triple combination.
bus means a
motor vehicle, built mainly to carry people, that seats more than 9 adults
(including the driver).
bus (type
1) means a rigid bus that has 2 axles and an MRC not exceeding 12
tonnes.
bus (type
2) means:
(a) a rigid bus that has 2 axles and an MRC exceeding 12 tonnes,
or
(b) a rigid bus that has 3 or 4 axles.
converter
dolly means a trailer with a fifth wheel coupling designed to
support a semi trailer for hauling purposes.
dog
trailer means a trailer with:
(a) one axle group or single axle at the front that is steered by
connection to the towing vehicle by a drawbar, and
(b) one axle group or single axle at the
rear.
drawbar
means a part of a trailer (other than a semi trailer) that connects the
trailer body to a coupling for towing purposes.
fifth
wheel coupling means a device, other than the upper rotating element
and the kingpin (which are parts of a semi trailer), used with a prime mover,
semi trailer or a converter dolly to permit quick coupling and uncoupling and
to provide for articulation.
lead
trailer, in a combination, means the trailer that is, or that is to
be, attached to the prime mover.
load
carrying vehicle means a vehicle designed and constructed to haul or
carry goods and wares in addition to any fuel, water, lubricants, tools and
any other equipment or accessories necessary for normal operation of the
vehicle.
long
combination truck means a truck nominated to haul 2 or more
trailers.
low
loader means a gooseneck semi trailer with a loading deck no more
than 1 metre above the ground.
low loader
dolly means a mass-distributing device that:
(a) is usually coupled between a prime mover and low loader,
and
(b) consists of a gooseneck rigid frame, and
(c) does not directly carry any load on itself,
and
(d) is equipped with one or more axles, a kingpin and a fifth wheel
coupling.
medium combination
truck means a truck, other than a short combination truck, nominated
to haul one trailer.
multi-combination
prime mover means a prime mover nominated to haul 2 or more
trailers.
nominated means nominated
by the person applying for registration.
pig
trailer means a trailer with one axle group or single axle near the
middle of its load-carrying surface, and connected to the towing vehicle by a
drawbar.
pole type
trailer means a trailer that:
(a) is attached to a towing vehicle by means of a pole or an
attachment fitted to a pole, and
(b) is ordinarily used for transporting loads, such as logs, pipes,
structural members or other long objects, that are generally capable of
supporting themselves like beams between supports.
prime
mover means a motor vehicle designed to haul a semi
trailer.
quad-axle
group means a group of 4 axles, in which the horizontal distance
between the centre-lines of the outermost axles is more than 3.2 metres but
not more than 4.9 metres.
semi
trailer means a trailer (including a pole type trailer) that
has:
(a) one axle group or single axle towards the rear,
and
(b) a means of attachment to a prime mover or a converter dolly that
results in some of the load being imposed on the prime mover, or the converter
dolly, as the case may be.
short combination
prime mover means a prime mover nominated to haul one semi
trailer.
short combination
truck means a truck nominated to haul one trailer where, according
to the nomination:
(a) the combination has 6 axles or fewer, and
(b) the maximum total mass that is legally allowable for the
combination is 42.5 tonnes or less.
single
axle means an axle not forming part of an axle group.
single
axle group means a group of 2 or more axles, in which the horizontal
distance between the centre-lines of the outermost axles is less than 1
metre.
special purpose
vehicle—see clause 4.
special purpose
vehicle (type O) means a special purpose vehicle (other than a
special purpose vehicle (type P)):
(a) built, or permanently modified, primarily for use on roads,
and
(b) that has at least one axle or axle group loaded in excess of the
axle load limits specified in the Table to this
definition.
Note. Examples of this kind of vehicle are mobile cranes, fire engines,
truck-mounted concrete pumps and boring plants. These kinds of vehicle may
also fall within the definition of special
purpose vehicle (type T) if they have no axle or axle group loaded
in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table to this
definition.
Table—Axle load
limits
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 |
Item no | Type of axle or axle group | Axle load limit (tonnes) |
1 | Single axles: | |
| | (a) 2 tyres
| 6.0 |
| | (b) 2 wide profile tyres (375mm to 450mm)
| 6.7 |
| | (c) 2 wide profile tyres (over 450mm),
| 7.0 |
| | (d) 4 or more tyres (on pig trailer)
| 8.5 |
| | (e) 4 or more tyres (on other vehicles)
| 9.0 |
2 | Twinsteer axle groups: | |
| | (a) non-load sharing suspensions
| 10.0 |
| | (b) load sharing suspensions
| 11.0 |
3 | Tandem axle groups: | |
| | (a) 4 tyres
| 11.0 |
| | (b) 4 wide profile tyres (375mm to 450mm)
| 13.3 |
| | (c) 4 wide profile tyres (over 450mm)
| 14.0 |
| | (d) 6 tyres
| 13.0 |
| | (e) 8 or more tyres (on pig trailers)
| 15.0 |
| | (f) 8 or more tyres (on other vehicles)
| 16.5 |
4 | Tri-axle groups: | |
| | (a) 6, 8 or 10 tyres
| 15.0 |
| | (b) 6 wide profile tyres (375mm or over) on pig
trailers
| 18.0 |
| | (c) 6 wide profile tyres (375mm or over) on other
vehicles
| 20.0 |
| | (d) 12 or more tyres (on pig trailers)
| 18.0 |
| | (e) 12 or more tyres (on other vehicles)
| 20.0 |
special purpose
vehicle (type P) means a special purpose vehicle built, or
permanently modified, primarily for:
(a) off-road use, or
(b) use on a road related area, or
(c) use on an area of road that is under construction or
repair.
Note. Examples of this kind of vehicle are agricultural tractors,
self-propelled agricultural harvesters, bulldozers, backhoes, graders and
front-end loaders.
special purpose
vehicle (type T) means a special purpose vehicle (other than a
special purpose vehicle (type P)):
(a) built, or permanently modified, primarily for use on roads,
and
(b) that has no axle or axle group loaded in excess of the axle load
limits specified in the Table to the definition of special
purpose vehicle (type O) in this
subclause.
Note. Examples of this kind of vehicle are mobile cranes, fire engines,
truck-mounted concrete pumps and boring plants. These kinds of vehicle may
also fall within the definition of special
purpose vehicle (type O) if they have at least one axle or axle
group loaded in excess of the axle load limits specified in the Table to that
definition.
tandem
axle group means a group of at least 2 axles, in which the
horizontal distance between the centre-lines of the outermost axles is at
least 1 metre but not more than 2 metres.
trailer
has the same meaning as in the Road
Transport (General) Act 2005.
tri-axle
group means a group of at least 3 axles, in which the horizontal
distance between the centre-lines of the outermost axles is more than 2
metres, but not more than 3.2 metres.
truck
means a rigid motor vehicle that is principally constructed as a load carrying
vehicle.
truck (type
1) means a truck that has:
(a) 2 axles and an MRC not exceeding 12 tonnes, or
(b) 3 axles and an MRC not exceeding 16.5 tonnes,
or
(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC not exceeding 20
tonnes.
truck (type
2) means a truck that has:
(a) 2 axles and an MRC exceeding 12 tonnes, or
(b) 3 axles and an MRC exceeding 16.5 tonnes, or
(c) 4 or more axles and an MRC exceeding 20
tonnes.
twinsteer axle
group means a group of 2 axles.
(2) Any term or expression used in this Schedule that is defined for
the purposes of Part 2A of the Act has the same meaning in this Schedule as it
has in that Part unless it is otherwise defined in this
Schedule.
2 Close-spaced axles
(1) For the purposes of this Schedule (other than the definitions of
single axle
group, tandem axle group,
twinsteer axle
group, tri-axle
group and quad-axle group in
clause 1):(a) 2 axles less than one metre apart are to be regarded as one axle,
and
(b) 3 axles not more than 2 metres apart are to be regarded as 2
axles, and
(c) 4 axles not more than 3.2 metres apart are to be regarded as 3
axles.
(2) A reference to a distance in subclause (1) is a reference to the
horizontal distance between the centre-lines of:(a) in the case of subclause (1) (a), the 2 axles,
and
(b) in any other case, the outermost axles.
3 Determination of number of trailers
For the purposes of determining the number of trailers that a
prime mover or truck is nominated to haul:(a) a converter dolly and a semi trailer when used together are to be
regarded as one trailer, and
(b) a low loader dolly and a low loader when used together are to be
regarded as one trailer.
Note. Nothing in this clause affects the requirement under another Part
of this Schedule that a separate annual registration fee be paid for each
converter dolly or low loader dolly and for each semi
trailer.
4 Special purpose vehicle
(1) In this Schedule, special purpose
vehicle means:(a) a vehicle (other than a caravan, a mobile home, a mobile library,
a mobile workshop, a mobile laboratory or a mobile billboard) where the
primary purpose for which it was built, or permanently modified, was not the
carriage of goods or passengers, or
(b) any of the following vehicles:(i) a forklift,
(ii) a straddle carrier,
(iii) a mobile cherry picker,
(iv) a mobile crane.
(2) The term goods in subclause (1) (a) does
not include fuel, water, lubricants, tools and any other equipment or
accessories necessary for the normal operation of the
vehicle.
5 Chargeable heavy vehicles in 2 or more
categories
If a chargeable heavy vehicle falls within 2 or more categories or
types of vehicle that are relevant for the purposes of determining a
registration charge under this Schedule, the charge for the vehicle is the
higher or highest of the charges that could apply to the
vehicle.
Part 2 Annual registration charges for 2009–2010
financial year
6 Amount of annual registration charge for 2009–2010
financial year
The annual registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle that
is registered, or the registration of which is renewed, during the
2009–2010 financial year is:(a) if the vehicle is a truck or prime mover—the relevant amount
(having regard to the number of axles of the vehicle) set out in Column 2, 3,
4 or 5 of Table 1 to this clause opposite the type of truck or prime mover
concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table, or
(b) if the vehicle is a trailer—the relevant amount (having
regard to the axles or axle group of the trailer) set out in Column 2, 3 or 4,
or calculated in accordance with Column 5, of Table 2 to this clause opposite
the type of trailer concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table,
or
(c) if the vehicle is a bus—the relevant amount set out in
Column 2, 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this clause (having regard to the number of
axles of the vehicle) opposite the type of bus concerned as specified in
Column 1 of the Table, or
(d) if the vehicle is a special purpose vehicle—the amount (if
any) specified by, or calculated in accordance with, Column 2 of Table 4 to
this clause opposite the type of vehicle concerned as specified in Column 1 of
the Table.
Table
1—Load carrying vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Vehicle type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 axles | 5 or more axles |
Trucks | | | | |
Truck (type 1) | $392 | $673 | $673 | $673 |
Truck (type 2) | $673 | $886 | $886 | $886 |
Short combination truck | $673 | $886 | $1,644 | $1,644 |
Medium combination truck | $6,014 | $6,014 | $6,496 | $6,496 |
Long combination truck | $8,293 | $8,293 | $8,293 | $8,293 |
Prime movers | | | | |
Short combination prime mover | $1,032 | $4,056 | $4,460 | $4,460 |
Multi- combination prime mover | $7,276 | $7,276 | $8,003 | $8,003 |
Table
2—Load carrying trailers
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Trailer type | Single axle | Tandem axle group | Tri-axle axle group | Quad-axle group and above |
Pig trailer | $392 | $784 | $1,176 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 392 × Number of axles |
Dog trailer | n/a | $784 | $1,176 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 392 × Number of axles |
Semi trailer | $392 | $784 | $1,254 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 418 × Number of axles |
B-double lead trailer and B-triple lead and middle
trailers | $392 | $2,352 | $3,684 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 1,228 × Number of axles |
Converter dolly or low dolly | $392 | $784 | $1,176 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 392 × Number of axles |
Table
3—Buses
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 |
Bus type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 or more axles |
Bus (type 1) | $392 | n/a | n/a |
Bus (type 2) | $392 | $2,154 | $2,154 |
Articulated bus | n/a | $392 | $392 |
Table
4—Special purpose vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Type of vehicle | Amount or formula for amount |
Special purpose vehicle (type P) | No charge |
Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $256 |
Special purpose vehicle (type O) | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 320 + (320 × Number of axles over
2) |
Part 3 Annual registration charges for 2010–2011
financial year
7 Amount of annual registration charge for 2010–2011
financial year
The annual registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle that
is registered, or the registration of which is renewed, during the
2010–2011 financial year is:(a) if the vehicle is a truck or prime mover—the relevant amount
(having regard to the number of axles of the vehicle) set out in Column 2, 3,
4 or 5 of Table 1 to this clause opposite the type of truck or prime mover
concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table, or
(b) if the vehicle is a trailer—the relevant amount (having
regard to the axles or axle group of the trailer) set out in Column 2, 3 or 4,
or calculated in accordance with Column 5, of Table 2 to this clause opposite
the type of trailer concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table,
or
(c) if the vehicle is a bus—the relevant amount set out in
Column 2, 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this clause (having regard to the number of
axles of the vehicle) opposite the type of bus concerned as specified in
Column 1 of the Table, or
(d) if the vehicle is a special purpose vehicle—the amount (if
any) specified by, or calculated in accordance with, Column 2 of Table 4 to
this clause opposite the type of vehicle concerned as specified in Column 1 of
the Table.
Table
1—Load carrying vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Vehicle type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 axles | 5 or more axles |
Trucks | | | | |
Truck (type 1) | $408 | $701 | $701 | $701 |
Truck (type 2) | $701 | $923 | $923 | $923 |
Short combination truck | $701 | $923 | $1,713 | $1,713 |
Medium combination truck | $6,267 | $6,267 | $6,769 | $6,769 |
Long combination truck | $8,641 | $8,641 | $8,641 | $8,641 |
Prime movers | | | | |
Short combination prime mover | $1,075 | $4,226 | $4,647 | $4,647 |
Multi- combination prime mover | $7,582 | $7,582 | $8,339 | $8,339 |
Table
2—Load carrying trailers
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Trailer type | Single axle | Tandem axle group | Tri-axle axle group | Quad-axle group and above |
Pig trailer | $408 | $816 | $1,224 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 408 × Number of axles |
Dog trailer | n/a | $816 | $1,224 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 408 × Number of axles |
Semi trailer | $408 | $816 | $1,386 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 462 × Number of axles |
B-double lead trailer and B-triple lead and middle
trailers | $408 | $4,034 | $6,372 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 2,124 × Number of axles |
Converter dolly or low dolly | $408 | $816 | $1,224 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 408 × Number of axles |
Table
3—Buses
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 |
Bus type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 or more axles |
Bus (type 1) | $408 | n/a | n/a |
Bus (type 2) | $408 | $2,244 | $2,244 |
Articulated bus | n/a | $408 | $408 |
Table
4—Special purpose vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Type of vehicle | Amount or formula for amount |
Special purpose vehicle (type P) | No charge |
Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $267 |
Special purpose vehicle (type O) | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 333 + (333 × Number of axles over
2) |
Part 4 Annual registration charges for 2011–2012
financial year
8 Amount of annual registration charge for 2011–2012
financial year
The annual registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle that
is registered, or the registration of which is renewed, during the
2011–2012 financial year is:(a) if the vehicle is a truck or prime mover—the relevant amount
(having regard to the number of axles of the vehicle) set out in Column 2, 3,
4 or 5 of Table 1 to this clause opposite the type of truck or prime mover
concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table, or
(b) if the vehicle is a trailer—the relevant amount (having
regard to the axles or axle group of the trailer) set out in Column 2, 3 or 4,
or calculated in accordance with Column 5, of Table 2 to this clause opposite
the type of trailer concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table,
or
(c) if the vehicle is a bus—the relevant amount set out in
Column 2, 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this clause (having regard to the number of
axles of the vehicle) opposite the type of bus concerned as specified in
Column 1 of the Table, or
(d) if the vehicle is a special purpose vehicle—the amount (if
any) specified by, or calculated in accordance with, Column 2 of Table 4 to
this clause opposite the type of vehicle concerned as specified in Column 1 of
the Table.
Table
1—Load carrying vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Vehicle type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 axles | 5 or more axles |
Trucks | | | | |
Truck (type 1) | $418 | $718 | $718 | $718 |
Truck (type 2) | $718 | $945 | $945 | $945 |
Short combination truck | $718 | $945 | $1,754 | $1,754 |
Medium combination truck | $6,417 | $6,417 | $6,931 | $6,931 |
Long combination truck | $8,848 | $8,848 | $8,848 | $8,848 |
Prime movers | | | | |
Short combination prime mover | $1,101 | $4,327 | $4,759 | $4,759 |
Multi- combination prime mover | $7,764 | $7,764 | $8,539 | $8,539 |
Table
2—Load carrying trailers
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Trailer type | Single axle | Tandem axle group | Tri-axle axle group | Quad-axle group and above |
Pig trailer | $418 | $836 | $1,254 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 418 × Number of axles |
Dog trailer | n/a | $836 | $1,254 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 418 × Number of axles |
Semi trailer | $418 | $836 | $1,419 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 473 × Number of axles |
B-double lead trailer and B-triple lead and middle
trailers | $418 | $4,130 | $6,525 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 2,175 × Number of axles |
Converter dolly or low dolly | $418 | $836 | $1,254 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 418 × Number of axles |
Table
3—Buses
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 |
Bus type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 or more axles |
Bus (type 1) | $418 | n/a | n/a |
Bus (type 2) | $418 | $2,298 | $2,298 |
Articulated bus | n/a | $418 | $418 |
Table
4—Special purpose vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Type of vehicle | Amount or formula for amount |
Special purpose vehicle (type P) | No charge |
Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $273 |
Special purpose vehicle (type O) | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 341 + (341 × Number of axles over
2) |
Part 5 Annual registration charges for 2012–2013
financial year
9 Amount of annual registration charge for 2012–2013
financial year
The annual registration charge for a chargeable heavy vehicle that
is registered, or the registration of which is renewed, during the
2012–2013 financial year is:(a) if the vehicle is a truck or prime mover—the relevant amount
(having regard to the number of axles of the vehicle) set out in Column 2, 3,
4 or 5 of Table 1 to this clause opposite the type of truck or prime mover
concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table, or
(b) if the vehicle is a trailer—the relevant amount (having
regard to the axles or axle group of the trailer) set out in Column 2, 3 or 4,
or calculated in accordance with Column 5, of Table 2 to this clause opposite
the type of trailer concerned as specified in Column 1 of the Table,
or
(c) if the vehicle is a bus—the relevant amount set out in
Column 2, 3 or 4 of Table 3 to this clause (having regard to the number of
axles of the vehicle) opposite the type of bus concerned as specified in
Column 1 of the Table, or
(d) if the vehicle is a special purpose vehicle—the amount (if
any) specified by, or calculated in accordance with, Column 2 of Table 4 to
this clause opposite the type of vehicle concerned as specified in Column 1 of
the Table.
Table 1—Load
carrying vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Vehicle type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 axles | 5 or more axles |
Trucks | | | | |
Truck (type 1) | $542 | $859 | $759 | $759 |
Truck (type 2) | $859 | $1,021 | $1,021 | $1,021 |
Short combination truck | $859 | $1,021 | $1,854 | $1,854 |
Medium combination truck | $6,783 | $6,783 | $7,326 | $7,326 |
Long combination truck | $9,361 | $9,361 | $9,361 | $9,361 |
Prime movers | | | | |
Short combination prime mover | $1,164 | $4,744 | $5,030 | $5,030 |
Multi- combination prime mover | $9,457 | $9,457 | $10,402 | $10,402 |
Table 2—Load
carrying trailers
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 | Column 5 |
Trailer type | Single axle | Tandem axle group | Tri-axle axle group | Quad-axle group and above |
Pig trailer | $550 | $1,100 | $1,650 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 550 × Number of axles |
Dog trailer | n/a | $1,100 | $1,650 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 550 × Number of axles |
Semi trailer | $550 | $1,100 | $1,650 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 550 × Number of axles |
B-double lead trailer and B-triple lead and middle
trailers | $550 | $2,100 | $3,300 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 1,100 × Number of axles |
Converter dolly or low loader dolly | $550 | $1,100 | $1,650 | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 550 × Number of axles |
Table
3—Buses
Column 1 | Column 2 | Column 3 | Column 4 |
Bus type | 2 axles | 3 axles | 4 or more axles |
Bus (type 1) | $488 | n/a | n/a |
Bus (type 2) | $488 | $2,429 | $2,429 |
Articulated bus | n/a | $488 | $488 |
Table 4—Special
purpose vehicles
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Type of vehicle | Amount or formula for amount |
Special purpose vehicle (type P) | No charge |
Special purpose vehicle (type T) | $292 |
Special purpose vehicle (type O) | An amount in dollars calculated using the formula: 365 + (365 × Number of axles over
2) |
Dictionary
accreditation
scheme means the Maintenance Management Accreditation Scheme or the
Hire Trailer Maintenance Management Accreditation Scheme.
Administrator of Vehicle
Standards means the Administrator of Vehicle Standards referred to
in section 22 of the Motor Vehicle Standards Act
1989 of the Commonwealth.
adopted
standard—see clause 18 of Schedule 2.
ADR (Australian Design
Rule) means a national standard under the Motor
Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth as in force
from time to time.
air brake means an
air-operated or air-assisted brake.
air brake test
pressure, in relation to the brake system of a vehicle, means half
of the sum of the cut-in and cut-out pressures of the air compressor of that
brake system, as shown by specification of the manufacturer of that brake
system or vehicle.
alternative
headlight means a light which is lighted in the place of a headlight
by a dipping device.
applicable fee,
in relation to a matter, means a fee set, fixed or prescribed by or under this
Regulation in relation to the matter.
applicable
vehicle standard—see clause 51.
articulated bus
means a bus:
(a) consisting of at least 2 rigid sections with access between the
sections for passengers, and
(b) the sections of which are connected to each other so as to allow
rotary movement between the sections.
articulated
vehicle means a motor vehicle having at its rear a portion, on
wheels, which is pivoted to, and a part of which (not being a pole, drawbar or
similar device or an accessory of the motor vehicle) is superimposed upon, the
forward portion of the vehicle.
Australian Motor
Vehicle Certification Board means the body:
(a) known under that name,
(b) consisting of representatives of the Commonwealth, each of the
States and Territories, and
(c) having, as one of its objectives, to ensure that vehicles supplied
for use in, manufactured in, or imported into, Australia are designed and
manufactured so as to:(i) comply with the requirements of Australian Design Rules,
or
(ii) provide a level of safety that is equivalent to that provided by
Australian Design Rules.
Australian Road
Rules means that part of the publication known as the Australian Road
Rules, ISBN 0 7240 8874 1, published by the National Road
Transport Commission on 19 October 1999 that comprises the road rules approved
by the Australian Transport Council under the National Road Transport Commission Act
1991 of the Commonwealth on 29 January 1999 (together with the
amendments to those rules approved by the Council on 30 June 1999 and 11
October 1999).
authorised
examiner means a person authorised to carry out any function under
clause 58.
authorised
inspection station means premises that a person is authorised to use
under clause 59.
authorised
person means a person authorised by the Authority to be an
authorised person for the purposes of this Regulation.
authorised
proprietor means a person authorised under clause 59.
auxiliary
number-plate means a number-plate referred to in clause
21.
axle means one or more
shafts positioned in a line across a vehicle, on which one or more wheels
intended to support the vehicle turn.
axle group means a
single axle group, tandem axle group, twinsteer axle group, tri-axle group or
quad-axle group.
B-double means a
combination consisting of a prime mover towing 2 semi-trailers.

B-double
brake means a device for
retarding or controlling the rotation of the wheels of a vehicle and for
bringing the vehicle to a stop.
braking system
means all the brakes of a vehicle and all the components of the mechanisms by
which they are operated.
British
Standard means a standard approved for publication on behalf of the
British Standards Institution.
British
Standards Institution means the institution of that name established
under Royal Charter.
bus means a motor vehicle
built mainly to carry people that seats over 9 adults (including the
driver).
car means a motor vehicle
built mainly to carry people that:
(a) seats not over 9 adults (including the driver),
and
(b) has a body commonly known as a sedan, station wagon, coupe,
convertible, or roadster, and
(c) has 3 or more wheels.
car derivative
means a motor vehicle:
(a) that is of the kind known as a utility, station wagon or panel
van, and
(b) that is of the same make as a factory produced car,
and
(c) in which that part of the body form that is forward of the
windscreen and the greater part of the mechanical equipment are the same or
substantially the same as in a factory produced
car.
centre line, of an
axle group, means:
(a) if the group consists of 2 axles, one of which is fitted with
twice the number of tyres as the other axle—a line located one third of
the way from the centre line of the axle with fewer tyres,
and
(b) in any other case—a line located midway between the centre
lines of the outermost axles of the group.

Centre line of a tandem axle group fitted with an equal number of
tyres on each axle

Centre line of a tandem axle group fitted with a different number of
tyres on each axle

Centre line of a tri-axle group

Centre line of a quad-axle group
certificate of approved
operations means a certificate issued in respect of a registrable
vehicle in accordance with clause 55.
clearance light
means a light which, when lighted, provides an indication of the width of a
vehicle together with any loading or equipment on it either from the front or
from the rear of the vehicle, as the case may be.
combination means a
group of vehicles consisting of a motor vehicle connected to 1 or more
vehicles.
controlled access
bus means a bus, except an articulated bus, that is more than 12.5
metres long.
converter dolly
means a trailer with one axle group or single axle and a fifth wheel coupling,
designed to convert a semi-trailer into a dog trailer.

Converter dolly
corporation means a
corporation recognised under the laws of Australia, including a foreign
corporation and a body incorporated by or under statute.
daylight means the
period in a day from sunrise to sunset.
dealer, in relation to a
vehicle, means the holder of a dealer’s licence under the Motor Dealers Act
1974.
dipping device
means a device by which the driver of a motor vehicle, while retaining his or
her normal driving position:
(a) can cause the main beam of light projected by each of the
headlights of a motor vehicle which has 2 headlights or by the headlight of a
motor vehicle which has one headlight to be dipped, or
(b) can extinguish each of the headlights of a motor vehicle which has
2 headlights or the headlight of a motor vehicle which has one headlight, and
simultaneously light 2 alternative headlights or one alternative headlight (as
the case may be), or
(c) can extinguish each set of headlights where a motor vehicle has 4
headlights, in sets of 2, and simultaneously light one light in each
set.
dog trailer means a
trailer (including a trailer consisting of a semi-trailer and converter dolly)
with:
(a) one axle group or single axle at the front that is steered by
connection to the towing vehicle by a drawbar, and
(b) one axle group or single axle at the
rear.

Dog trailer
drawbar means a part of
a trailer (other than a semi-trailer) that connects the trailer body to a
coupling for towing purposes.
drawbar length,
in relation to a trailer, means the horizontal distance from the centre line
of the towing pivot to the centre line of the foremost axle group of the
trailer.
drive includes be in
control of.
driver, of a vehicle,
means the person driving the vehicle.
duty
legislation means the provisions of the Stamp Duties Act 1920 and the
Duties Act 1997 relating to
the payment of duty on the registration or transfer of registration of a motor
vehicle, trailer or other registrable vehicle.
D-value means the
strength capacity of a connection device as defined in:
(a) Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS 4968.1:2003 Heavy-road
vehicles—Mechanical coupling between articulated vehicle
combinations—Design criteria and selection requirements for fifth wheel,
kingpin and associated equipment, or
(b) Australian Standard AS
2213.1–2001/Amdt 1–2002 Commercial road
vehicles—Mechanical connections between towing vehicles—Selection
and marking of pin-type couplings and drawbar
eyes.
Economic
Commission for Europe means the United Nations Economic Commission
for Europe.
effective range
means the distance at which a light, when lighted, will illuminate and render
easily discernible under normal atmospheric conditions between sunset and
sunrise any person dressed in dark clothing, or any substantial dark object,
in front of the vehicle to which the light is affixed.
eligible
pensioner has the same meaning as it has in the Motor Vehicles Taxation Act
1988.
eligible
vehicle means a vehicle that is eligible for registration in
accordance with clause 6.
emergency brake
means a brake designed to be used if a service brake fails.
emergency
vehicle means a vehicle driven by a person who is:
(a) a police officer acting in the course of his or her duties as a
police officer, or
(b) a member of the Ambulance Service rendering or providing transport
for sick or injured persons, or
(c) a member of a fire brigade or rural fire brigade providing
transport in the course of an emergency, or
(d) a person (or person belonging to a class of persons) approved by
the Authority.
examiner’s
authority means an authority in force under clause
58.
fifth wheel
coupling means a device, other than the upper rotating element and
the kingpin (which are parts of a semi-trailer), used with a prime mover,
semi-trailer or a converter dolly to permit quick coupling and uncoupling and
to provide for articulation.
forfeited
vehicle means a registrable vehicle that is the subject of a
forfeiture order of the Local Court made under section 27 of the
Act.
front fog light
means a light used to improve the illumination of the road in case of fog,
snowfall, heavy rain or a dust storm.
glazing means material
fitted to the front, sides, rear or interior of a vehicle, through which the
driver or a passenger can obtain a view of the road, but does not include a
coating added after manufacture of the material.
ground
clearance means the minimum distance to the ground from the
underside of a vehicle excluding its tyres, wheels, wheel hubs, brake backing
plates and flexible mudguards or mudflaps.
GTM (gross trailer mass)
means the mass transmitted to the ground by the axles of a trailer when the
trailer is loaded to its GVM and connected to a towing vehicle.
hauling unit means
a rigid vehicle or prime mover.
high-beam, in relation
to a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means that the light is
built or adjusted so that when the vehicle is standing on level ground, the
top of the main beam of light projected is above the low-beam
position.
hire trailer means
a trailer that is hired for a fee or other consideration.
Hire
Trailer Maintenance Management Accreditation Scheme means the Hire
Trailer Maintenance Management Accreditation Scheme established by the
Authority under Division 6 of Part 5.
identification
plate means a plate authorised to be placed on a vehicle, or taken
to have been placed on a vehicle, under the Motor
Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the Commonwealth.
implement means a
motor vehicle which comprises an excavator, road grader, road roller,
bulldozer, forklift truck or other machinery or apparatus and is not
constructed on a chassis of a type normally used in the construction of a
motor lorry.
inspect, in relation to
a registrable vehicle, includes observe the vehicle’s performance, with
or without the use of instrumentation.
inspection
report, in relation to a registrable vehicle, means an inspection
report issued under clause 58 for the vehicle.
jurisdiction means
a State, the Australian Capital Territory or the Northern Territory, as the
case requires.
left, in relation to a
vehicle, means to the left of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a
person in the vehicle and facing towards the front of the
vehicle.
light vehicle
means a registrable vehicle that is not a heavy vehicle.
load-sharing
suspension system means an axle group suspension system that:
(a) is built to divide the load between the tyres on the group so that
no tyre carries a mass more than 10% greater than the mass it would carry if
the load were divided equally, and
(b) has effective damping characteristics on all axles of the
group.
lost, in relation to a
number-plate, includes mislaid or unable to be found for any
reason.
low-beam, in relation
to a headlight or front fog light fitted to a vehicle, means that the light is
built or adjusted so that, when the vehicle is standing on level ground, the
top of the main beam of light projected is:
(a) not higher than the centre of the headlight or fog light, when
measured at a point 8 metres in front of the vehicle, and
(b) not more than one metre higher than the level on which the vehicle
is standing, when measured at a point 25 metres in front of the
vehicle.

A headlight in the low-beam
position
low loader means a
gooseneck semi-trailer with a loading deck no more than 1 metre above the
ground.
Maintenance
Management Accreditation Scheme means a scheme under the Maintenance
Management Module of the Heavy Vehicle Accreditation Scheme that is approved
by the Authority.
major vehicle
defect notice—see clause 70 (1) (a).
minor vehicle
defect notice—see clause 70 (1) (b).
moped means a motor bike
or trike with an engine cylinder capacity of not over 50 millilitres and a
maximum speed of not over 50 kilometres an hour.
motor bike means a
motor vehicle with 2 wheels, and includes a 2 wheeled motor vehicle with a
sidecar attached to it that is supported by a third wheel.
motor lorry means
any motor vehicle (whether or not in combination with any trailer) that is
constructed principally for the conveyance of goods or merchandise or for the
conveyance of any kind of materials used in any trade, business or industry,
or for use in any work whatsoever other than the conveyance of persons, but
does not include a motor bike or a tractor.
motor registry
means a place at which registration of a registrable vehicle can be effected
by or on behalf of the Authority.
motor trike means a
motor vehicle with 3 wheels, but does not include a 2 wheeled motor vehicle
with a sidecar attached to it that is supported by a third
wheel.
motor vehicle
combination means a hauling unit with one or more trailers
attached.
mudguard means a
fitting or device, with or without a mudflap, which is built and fitted to a
vehicle in a way that will, as far as practicable, catch or deflect downwards
any stone, mud, water or other substance thrown up by the rotation of the
wheel for which the fitting or device is provided.
national
standard means a national standard under the Motor Vehicle Standards Act 1989 of the
Commonwealth.
nominated
configuration means the configuration in which a registrable vehicle
will operate for the registration period, as nominated by the registered
operator.
nominated
vehicle, in relation to the Hire Trailer Maintenance Management
Accreditation Scheme, means a hire trailer that is a heavy vehicle and that is
identified in a registered operator’s accreditation under the Scheme as
a nominated vehicle for the purposes of that accreditation.
nominated
vehicle, in relation to a Maintenance Management Accreditation
Scheme, means a vehicle identified in a registered operator’s
accreditation under such a scheme as a nominated vehicle for the purposes of
that accreditation.
Non-national
Maintenance Scheme means a maintenance management accreditation
scheme developed by a body or organisation other than the National Road
Transport Commission or the National Transport Commission.
operations
plate means a plate installed on a registrable vehicle in accordance
with clause 55 (2).
owner, in relation to a
vehicle, means:
(a) a person in whose name the vehicle is registered under a
Commonwealth, State or Territory Act, or
(b) a person who, according to the vehicle registration
authority’s records, has acquired the vehicle from the person in whose
name the vehicle is registered under the relevant Act, or
(c) if the vehicle is not registered—a person to whom a mark,
plate or permit has been issued to allow the vehicle to be used,
or
(d) a person who is entitled to the possession of the
vehicle.
penalty notice
means a penalty notice served on a person under Part 5.3 of the Road Transport (General) Act
2005.
personally
imported vehicle means a vehicle that is imported into Australia by
a person who:
(a) owned and used the vehicle for the period determined in accordance
with the Motor Vehicle Standards Act
1989 of the Commonwealth before it was imported into
Australia, and
(b) when the vehicle was imported into Australia, was:(i) an Australian citizen or permanent resident or a person who had
applied to become an Australian citizen or permanent resident,
and
(ii) old enough to hold a licence or permit to drive the vehicle,
and
(c) within the previous 12 months, had not imported into Australia
another vehicle owned by the person.
plate
holder—see clause 17.
point of
articulation means:
(a) the axis of a kingpin for a fifth wheel, or
(b) the vertical axis of rotation of a fifth wheel coupling,
or
(c) the vertical axis of rotation of a turntable assembly,
or
(d) the vertical axis of rotation of the front axle group or single
axle of a dog trailer, or
(e) the coupling pivot point of a
semi-trailer.

Point of articulation—fifth wheel on a prime
mover

Point of articulation—kingpin for fifth
wheel

Point of articulation—fifth wheel coupling on a converter dolly
(forming the front axle group of a dog
trailer)
pole-type
trailer means a trailer that:
(a) is attached to a towing vehicle by means of a pole or an
attachment fitted to the pole, and
(b) is ordinarily used for transporting loads, such as logs, pipes,
structural members or other long objects, that are generally capable of
supporting themselves like beams between supports.

Pole-type trailer
police vehicle
means a vehicle driven by:
(a) a member or special member of the Australian Federal Police,
or
(b) a member, however described, of the Police Force of a State or
Territory, or
(c) a service police officer within the meaning of the Defence Force Discipline Act 1982 of the
Commonwealth,
acting in the course of his or her duty.
primary
production means:
(a) the cultivation of land for the purpose of selling the produce of
the land,
(b) the maintenance of animals (including birds), whether wild or
domesticated, for the purpose of selling them or their natural increase or
bodily produce,
(c) commercial fishing or the commercial farming of fish, molluscs,
crustaceans or other aquatic animals,
(d) the keeping of bees for the purpose of selling their honey or
other apiary products,
(e) timber-getting for commercial purposes,
(f) mining for commercial purposes.
prime mover means a
motor vehicle built to tow a semi-trailer.
proprietor’s
authority means an authority in force under clause
59.
public passenger
vehicle means a registrable vehicle that is constructed principally
for the conveyance of passengers and that is:
(a) used for conveying passengers for hire or reward,
or
(b) equipped to seat more than 8 adults, including the driver, and is
used for conveying passengers in the course of trade or
business.
public
utility service vehicle means a vehicle being used by a public
authority or statutory body in connection with the supply of water, gas,
electricity or the like or to remove garbage.
quad-axle group
means a group of 4 axles, in which the horizontal distance between the centre
lines of the outermost axles is more than 3.2 metres but not more than 4.9
metres.
rear fog light
means a light used on a vehicle to make it more easily visible from the rear
in dense fog.
rear overhang, of
a vehicle, means the distance between the rear overhang line and the rear of
the vehicle.
rear overhang
line means:
(a) if there is a single axle at the rear of the vehicle—the
centre line of the axle, or
(b) if there is an axle group at the rear of the vehicle—the
centre of the axle group, decided without regard to the presence of any
steerable axle unless all axles in the group are
steerable.

Rear overhang and rear overhang line—motor
vehicle

Rear overhang and rear overhang
line—semi-trailer

Rear overhang and rear overhang line—vehicle with tri-axle
group at rear
registration
label means a registration label issued under clause
16.
registration
number means a number referred to in clause 19 (1).
relevant
registration charge for a vehicle means:
(a) in relation to a heavy vehicle—the amount payable as a
registration charge under Part 2A of the Act, or
(b) in relation to a light vehicle—the amount payable as motor
vehicle tax under the Motor Vehicles
Taxation Act 1988.
repeater horn
means a device which makes a sound alternating between different tones or
frequencies on a regular time cycle.
restored
vehicle means a vehicle that is being or has been restored to its
manufacturer’s specifications, so far as it is reasonably practicable to
meet those specifications.
retractable
axle means an axle with a means of adjustment enabling it to be
raised or lowered relative to the other axles in the axle
group.
right, in relation to a
vehicle, means to the right of the centre of the vehicle when viewed by a
person in the vehicle and facing towards the front of the
vehicle.
road tank
vehicle has the same meaning as in the sixth edition of the Australian Code for the Transport of Dangerous Goods by Road
and Rail.
road train means a
combination, other than a B-double, consisting of a motor vehicle towing at
least 2 trailers (counting as one trailer and a converter dolly supporting a
semi-trailer).

Road train
safety risk means
danger to a person, to property or to the environment.
seasonal
vehicle means a registrable vehicle used during part of the year
only and of a type approved by the Authority for seasonal use.
seatbelt means a belt
or similar device that is fitted to a motor vehicle and designed to restrain
or limit the movement of a person who is seated in the vehicle and wearing the
belt or device if the vehicle suddenly accelerates or
decelerates.
seatbelt
anchorage means the part of a motor vehicle which is designed to
secure a seatbelt to the motor vehicle.
second edition
ADR means an ADR contained in the publication known as the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle Safety, Second
Edition originally published by the then Commonwealth
Department of Transport.
security
interest means an interest in, or a power over, goods that secures
payment of a debt or other pecuniary obligation or the performance of any
other obligation and includes any interest in, or power over, goods of a
lessor, owner or other supplier of goods, but does not include a possessory
lien or pledge.
semi-trailer means
a trailer (including a pole-type trailer) that has:
(a) one axle group or single axle towards the rear,
and
(b) a means of attachment to a prime mover that would result in some
of the load being imposed on the prime mover.
service brake
means the brake normally used to decelerate a vehicle.
sidecar means any car,
box or other receptacle attached to the side of a motor bike and for the
carriage of which a third wheel is provided.
side marker
light means a light which, when lighted, is visible from the side of
the vehicle on which it is affixed.
single axle means an
axle not forming part of an axle group.
single axle
group means a group of 2 or more axles in which the horizontal
distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is less than 1
metre.
special
number-plate means a number-plate that has a special design, content
or format designated by the Authority from time to time as constituting a
special number-plate for the purposes of this Regulation.
spring brake means
a brake using one or more springs to store the energy required to operate the
brake.
standard
number-plate means a number-plate that is not a special
number-plate.
station wagon
means a motor vehicle:
(a) in which such part of the body form as is adjacent to and forward
of the front seat or seats, and the greater part of the mechanical equipment,
are the same or substantially the same as in a car of the same make,
and
(b) in which the body is carried without significant reduction in
height from the front seat or seats to, or substantially towards, the rear of
the vehicle, and
(c) that has an entrance at the rear suitable for the loading and
unloading of goods, and
(d) that is manufactured with a rear seat or seats which can be folded
or removed readily to provide additional floor space for the carriage of
goods, and
(e) that, when the seat or seats immediately to the rear of the front
seat or seats are in position for the accommodation of persons, has a
substantial space for the carriage of goods in proportion to the overall size
of the interior of the vehicle.
steerable axle
means an axle the wheels of which are connected to a steering mechanism for
the vehicle.
street rod
vehicle means a vehicle that has been modified for safe road use and
that:
(a) has a body and frame that were built before 1949,
or
(b) is a replica of a vehicle the body and frame of which were built
before 1949.
street vending
vehicle means a motor vehicle or trailer used for the hawking of ice
cream (including any form of frozen confection containing ice cream, flavoured
ice, fruit-ice, water-ice or a substitute for ice cream) or chocolates, sweets
or other confectionery.
tandem axle
group means a group of at least 2 axles in which the horizontal
distance between the centre lines of the outermost axles is at least 1 metre,
but not more than 2 metres.
taxi-cab means a motor
vehicle (other than a bus) that plies or stands in a road or road related area
for hire for the conveyance of passengers.
the Act means the
Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Act
1997.
third edition
ADR means an ADR contained in the publication known as the Australian Design Rules for Motor Vehicle and Trailers,
Third Edition published by the Federal Office of Road Safety
of the Commonwealth Department of Transport and Regional
Services.
third
party insurance legislation means the provisions of the Motor Accidents Compensation Act
1999 relating to:
(a) compensation in respect of third parties who are injured or killed
by the use of motor vehicles or trailers, or
(b) payment of contributions towards compensation of that
kind.
tow coupling means
a mechanical assembly by means of which a flexible connection is effected
between 2 component vehicles of a motor vehicle combination.
tow coupling
overhang means the horizontal distance from the centre of the axle
group, or the centre line of the single axle, at the rear of a vehicle to the
pivot point of the coupling near the rear of the vehicle.

Tow coupling overhang—motor vehicle

Tow coupling overhang—dog trailer

Tow coupling overhang—semi-trailer with extra coupling at
rear
tow truck means a
motor lorry, operated or proposed to be operated by a tow truck operator, that
is used for towing broken down or damaged vehicles and which comprises or has
permanently affixed to it a crane or similar apparatus for lifting a vehicle
partially clear of the ground and is equipped to maintain it in such a
position while towing it and includes a tow truck within the meaning of the
Tow Truck Industry Act
1998.
tow truck
operator has the same meaning as it has in the Tow Truck Industry Act
1998.
tractor means any motor
vehicle constructed principally for the purpose of supplying motive power for
machinery or of hauling any vehicle, but which is not capable of carrying any
loading (other than tools, spare parts, fuel, water, oil, or other accessories
necessary for use in connection with the vehicle) or any part of the weight of
a vehicle being drawn or its loading.
trader means a person
who is entitled to hold a trader’s plate.
tri-axle group
means a group of at least 3 axles, in which the horizontal distance between
the centre lines of the outermost axles is more than 2 metres, but not more
than 3.2 metres.
turntable means a
bearing that is built to carry vertical and horizontal loads, but does not
allow quick separation of its upper and lower rotating elements, and that is
used to connect and allow articulation between:
(a) a prime mover and a semi-trailer, or
(b) the steering axle or axle group of a dog trailer and the body of
the trailer, or
(c) a fifth wheel coupling and the vehicle to which it is
mounted.
twinsteer axle
group means a group of 2 axles:
(a) with single tyres, and
(b) fitted to a motor vehicle, and
(c) connected to the same steering mechanism, and
(d) the horizontal distance between the centre lines of which is at
least 1 metre, but not more than 2 metres.

Twinsteer axle group on a motor
vehicle
vacuum brakes
means vacuum-operated or vacuum-assisted brakes.
vehicle defect
notice means a defect notice referred to in section 26 (2) (a) of
the Act.
vehicle
inspection station means a place operated by the Authority for the
purpose of determining whether registrable vehicles comply with the applicable
vehicle standards for the vehicles.
vehicle
number-plate—see clause 17.
vehicle
registration authority, in relation to a vehicle, means:
(a) the authority that last registered the vehicle,
or
(b) if the vehicle has never been registered—the authority
responsible for registering vehicles in the jurisdiction in which the vehicle
is used or is intended to be used.
VIN means the Vehicle
Identification Number allocated in accordance with the ADRs.
windscreen means the
main front windscreen and does not include any wind deflector or other
subsidiary windscreen.
yellow includes
amber.
20 metre double
combination means a road train consisting of an articulated vehicle
hauling one trailer, the overall length of which does not exceed 20
metres.
50 millimetre
kingpin means a kingpin meeting the dimension requirements for a 50
millimetre kingpin in Australian Standard AS
2175–1990 Articulated
Vehicles—Kingpins.
75 millimetre
kingpin means a kingpin with the dimensions specified in clause 173
(3) and (4) (including the diagram in subclause (3)) of Schedule
2.
90 millimetre
kingpin means a kingpin meeting the dimension requirements for a 90
millimetre kingpin in Australian Standard AS
2175–1990 Articulated
Vehicles—Kingpins.
Historical notes
The following abbreviations are used in the Historical notes:
Am |
amended |
LW |
legislation website |
Sch |
Schedule |
Cl |
clause |
No |
number |
Schs |
Schedules |
Cll |
clauses |
p |
page |
Sec |
section |
Div |
Division |
pp |
pages |
Secs |
sections |
Divs |
Divisions |
Reg |
Regulation |
Subdiv |
Subdivision |
GG |
Government Gazette |
Regs |
Regulations |
Subdivs |
Subdivisions |
Ins |
inserted |
Rep |
repealed |
Subst |
substituted |
Table of amending instruments
Road Transport
(Vehicle Registration) Regulation 2007 (522). GG No 156 of
26.10.2007, p 7901. Date of commencement, 1.11.2007, cl 2. This Regulation has
been amended as follows:
2007 | No 94 | Miscellaneous Acts (Local Court)
Amendment Act 2007. Assented to 13.12.2007. Date of commencement of Sch 2, 6.7.2009, sec 2 and 2009 (314) LW
3.7.2009.
|
2008 | No 4 | Road Transport Legislation
Amendment (Car Hoons) Act 2008. Assented to 19.3.2008. Date of commencement of Sch 3.4 [1] and [2], 6.6.2008, sec 2 and GG No 66
of 6.6.2008, p 4631; date of commencement of Sch 3.4 [3] and [4], 26.9.2008,
sec 2 and GG No 123 of 26.9.2008, p 9395.
|
| | (127) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment Regulation 2008. GG No 50 of 9.5.2008,
p 3708. Date of commencement, 19.5.2008, cl 2.
|
| | (189) | Road Transport (Safety and Traffic
Management) Amendment (Law Revision) Regulation 2008. GG No 69
of 13.6.2008, p 5357. Date of commencement of Sch 1.9, 1.7.2008, cl 2
(1).
|
| | (258) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fees) Regulation 2008. GG No 76 of
27.6.2008, p 6308. Date of commencement, 1.7.2008, cl 2.
|
2009 | (280) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fees) Regulation 2009. LW
26.6.2009. Date of commencement, 1.7.2009, cl 2.
|
| | (614) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Heavy Vehicle Registration Charges) Regulation
2009. LW 18.12.2009. Date of commencement, 1.1.2010, cl 2.
|
2010 | (78) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Inspections) Regulation 2010. LW
26.2.2010. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | No 14 | Road Transport Legislation
Amendment (Unauthorised Vehicle Use) Act 2010. Assented to
28.4.2010. Date of commencement, 1.7.2010, sec 2 and 2010 (305) LW
25.6.2010.
|
| | No 19 | Relationships Register Act
2010. Assented to 19.5.2010. Date of commencement of Sch 3, assent, sec 2
(2).
|
| | (278) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Heavy Vehicle Registration Charges) Regulation
2010. LW 25.6.2010. Date of commencement, 1.7.2010, cl 2.
|
| | (301) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fees) Regulation 2010. LW
25.6.2010. Date of commencement, 1.7.2010, cl 2.
|
| | (449) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Number-Plates) Regulation 2010. LW
20.8.2010. Date of commencement, 20.8.2010, cl 2.
|
| | No 119 | Statute Law (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No 2) 2010. Assented to 29.11.2010. Date of commencement of Sch 2, 7.1.2011, sec 2
(2).
|
| | (735) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fee Exemption for Pensioners) Regulation
2010. LW 17.12.2010. Date of commencement, 1.1.2011, cl 2.
|
2011 | (24) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Written-off Vehicles) Regulation
2011. LW 21.1.2011. Date of commencement, 31.1.2011, cl 2.
|
| | (36) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Suspension of Registration) Regulation
2011. LW 28.1.2011. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | (167) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Tracked Vehicles) Regulation 2011. LW
3.3.2011. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | (327) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fees and Heavy Vehicle Registration Charges)
Regulation 2011. LW 1.7.2011. Date of commencement, 1.7.2011, cl 2.
|
| | (614) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Certification of Vehicles) Regulation
2011. LW 2.12.2011. Date of commencement of Sch 1 [1] and [4] (except to the extent that it
inserts Divs 2 and 3 of Part 5A), 2.12.2011, cl 2 (2); date of commencement of
Sch 1 [2] [3] and [4] (to the extent that it inserts Divs 2 and 3 of Part 5A),
19.12.2011, cl 2 (1).
|
2012 | (20) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Written-off Vehicles) Regulation
2012. LW 20.1.2012. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | No 23 | Road Transport (General)
Amendment (Vehicle Sanctions) Act 2012. Assented to
3.5.2012. Date of commencement of Sch 3.2, 1.7.2012, sec 2 (2) and 2012 (276) LW
29.6.2012.
|
| | (186) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Number-Plates) Regulation 2012. LW
11.5.2012. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | (247) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Fees and Heavy Vehicle Registration Charges)
Regulation 2012. LW 8.6.2012. Date of commencement, 1.7.2012, cl 2.
|
| | (431) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Non-repairable Damage) Regulation
2012. LW 31.8.2012. Date of commencement, 3.9.2012, cl 2.
|
| | (432) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Registration Charge Exemptions and Refunds)
Regulation 2012. LW 31.8.2012. Date of commencement, 1.9.2012, cl 2.
|
| | (433) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Release of Information to Toll Operators) Regulation
2012. LW 31.8.2012. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
| | (570) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Registration Labels) Regulation 2012.
LW 23.11.2012. Date of commencement of Sch 1 [1]–[7], 1.1.2013, cl 2 (1); date of
commencement of Sch 1 [8], on publication on LW, cl 2
(2).
|
| | (624) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (Power-Assisted Pedal Cycles) Regulation
2012. LW 14.12.2012. Date of commencement, on publication on LW, cl
2.
|
2013 | (62) | Road Transport (Vehicle
Registration) Amendment (M5 East Tunnel) Regulation 2013. LW
22.2.2013. Date of commencement, 1.3.2013, cl 2.
|
Table of amendments
Cl 7 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [1]; 2010 No 14, Sch 2.2
[1]. |
Cl 9 | Am 2011 (24), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 10 | Am 2009 (614), Sch 1 [1]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cl 11 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [2]. |
Cl 14 | Am 2008 No 4, Sch 3.4 [1] [2]; 2008 (127), Sch 1
[3] [4]; 2009 (614), Sch 1 [2]; 2010 No 14, Sch 2.2 [2] [3]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]; 2012 No 23, Sch 3.2 [1]. |
Cl 14A | Ins 2012 (433), Sch 1. |
Cl 15 | Am 2009 (614), Sch 1 [3]; 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1];
2011 (24), Sch 1 [2] [3]. |
Cl 16 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [5] [6]; 2009 (614), Sch 1
[4]; 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]; 2012 (570), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 16A | Ins 2008 (127), Sch 1 [7]. Am 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]; 2012 (570), Sch 1 [2]. |
Cl 17 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [2] [3]. |
Cl 19 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1] [4]. |
Cl 20 | Subst 2010 (449), Sch 1 [5]. |
Cl 21 | Subst 2010 (449), Sch 1 [6]. |
Cl 22 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [7]. |
Cl 22A | Ins 2010 (449), Sch 1 [8]. |
Part 2, Div 5, Subdiv 3, heading | Subst 2012 (186), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cll 23–26 | Subst 2010 (449), Sch 1 [9]. |
Cl 27 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1] [10]
[11]. |
Part 2, Div 5, Subdiv 5 | Ins 2010 (449), Sch 1 [12]. |
Cll 28A, 28B | Ins 2010 (449), Sch 1 [12]. |
Cl 28C | Ins 2012 No 23, Sch 3.2 [2]. |
Cl 30 | Am 2009 (614), Sch 1 [1]; 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]
[13]. |
Cl 31 | Am 2009 (614), Sch 1 [5] [6]. |
Cl 34 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1] [14]. |
Cl 35 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 36 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [15]. |
Cl 37 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [16]. |
Cl 38 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 39 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [17]. |
Cl 41 | Am 2008 No 4, Sch 3.4 [3] [4]; 2008 (127), Sch 1
[8]; 2009 (614), Sch 1 [1] [7]; 2010 (449), Sch 1 [18]; 2011 (36), Sch 1
[1]–[3]; 2013 (62), Sch 1 [1]–[3]. |
Cl 42 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1] [19]; 2012 (431), Sch 1
[1]; 2012 (570), Sch 1 [3]. |
Part 4, heading | Am 2012 (570), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cll 43, 44 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Part 4, Div 3 (cll 50A, 50B) | Ins 2012 (570), Sch 1 [5]. |
Cl 51 | Am 2011 (614), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 55 | Am 2011 (614), Sch 1 [2]. |
Cl 55A | Ins 2011 (614), Sch 1 [3]. |
Cll 56, 57 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 57 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]; 2010 No 119, Sch
2.38. |
Cl 58 | Am 2010 (78), Sch 1 [1]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cl 59 | Am 2010 (78), Sch 1 [2]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cl 60 | Am 2010 (78), Sch 1 [3] [4]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cl 61 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cl 64 | Am 2007 No 94, Sch 2. |
Cl 71 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [9]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cl 72 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Cll 75, 76 | Am 2007 No 94, Sch 2. |
Part 5A, Divs 1–4 (cll
76AA–76AP) | Ins 2011 (614), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6 | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Part 6, Div 1 | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 76A | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 76B | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. Rep 2010 (735), cl 3
(1). |
Part 6, Div 2 | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cll 76C, 76D | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 76DA | Ins 2012 (432), Sch 1 [1]. |
Part 6, Div 3 | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 76E | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. Am 2010 No 19, Sch 3.94
[1]–[3]. |
Cll 76F–76J | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 76JA | Ins 2012 (432), Sch 1 [2]. |
Part 6, Div 4, heading | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [8]. |
Cl 77 | Subst 2010 (449), Sch 1 [20]. |
Cl 78 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [10] [11]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[1] [21]. |
Cl 79 | Rep 2009 (614), Sch 1 [9]. |
Cl 80 | Am 2010 No 19, Sch 3.94 [4] [5]; 2010 (449), Sch 1
[22]. |
Cl 81 | Subst 2010 (449), Sch 1 [23]. |
Cl 82 | Rep 2010 (449), Sch 1 [23]. |
Cl 83 | Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [1]. |
Part 6A | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Div 1 (cll 83A, 83B) | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Div 2 | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 83C | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. Subst 2012 (431), Sch 1
[2]. |
Cll 83CA, 83CB | Ins 2012 (431), Sch 1 [2]. |
Part 6A, Div 3 | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 83D | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. Subst 2012 (20), Sch 1
[1]. |
Cll 83E, 83F | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Div 4 | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 83G | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. Am 2012 (20), Sch 1
[2]. |
Cll 83H, 83I | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Divs 5–8 (cll
83J–83W) | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Div 9 | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 83X | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. Am 2012 (20), Sch 1
[3]. |
Cl 83Y | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 83YA | Ins 2012 (20), Sch 1 [4]. |
Part 6A, Div 10 | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cll 83Z, 83ZA | Ins 2011 (24), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cll 83ZB, 83ZC | Ins 2012 (20), Sch 1 [5]. |
Cl 83ZD | Ins 2012 (431), Sch 1 [3]. |
Cl 85 | Am 2012 (186), Sch 1 [2]; 2012 No 23, Sch 3.2 [3]
[4]; 2012 (570), Sch 1 [6] [7]. |
Cl 88A | Ins 2011 (167), cl 3. |
Cl 91A | Am 2010 No 14, Sch 2.2 [4]. |
Cl 94 | Am 2011 (36), Sch 1 [4]. |
Cl 95 | Ins 2012 (570), Sch 1 [8]. |
Sch 1 | Am 2011 (36), Sch 1 [5]; 2012 (624), cl 3; 2013
(62), Sch 1 [4]. |
Sch 2 | Am 2008 (189), Sch 1.9; 2012 (186), Sch 1 [3]
[4]. |
Sch 3 | Am 2008 (127), Sch 1 [12] [13]. Subst 2008 (258),
Sch 1; 2009 (280), Sch 1; 2010 (301), Sch 1. Am 2010 (449), Sch 1 [24]. Subst
2011 (327), Sch 1 [1]; 2012 (247), Sch 1 [1]. |
Sch 4 | Ins 2009 (614), Sch 1 [10]. Am 2010 (278), Sch 1;
2011 (327), Sch 1 [2]; 2012 (247), Sch 1 [2]. |
Dictionary | Am 2007 No 94, Sch 2; 2009 (614), Sch 1 [11]; 2010
(449), Sch 1 [25] [26]; 2010 (735), cl 3 (2); 2012 (186), Sch 1 [5]
[6]. |